31ef02a568e8292971d2c462b0f9602717cb24f2
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-i386.c
1 /* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "bfdlink.h"
24 #include "libbfd.h"
25 #include "elf-bfd.h"
26 #include "elf-nacl.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
29 #include "objalloc.h"
30 #include "hashtab.h"
31 #include "dwarf2.h"
32 #include "opcode/i386.h"
33
34 /* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA. */
35 #define USE_REL 1
36
37 #include "elf/i386.h"
38
39 static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
40 {
41 HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
42 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE",
43 TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE),
44 HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
45 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32",
46 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
47 HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
48 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32",
49 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
50 HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
51 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32",
52 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
53 HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
54 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32",
55 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
56 HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
57 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY",
58 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
59 HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
60 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
61 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
62 HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
63 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
64 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
65 HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
66 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE",
67 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
68 HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
69 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF",
70 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
71 HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
72 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC",
73 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
74
75 /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
76 R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
77 R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
78 R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */
79 #define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
80 #define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
81
82 /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */
83 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
84 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF",
85 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
86 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
87 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE",
88 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
89 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
90 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE",
91 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
92 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
93 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE",
94 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
95 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
96 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD",
97 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
98 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
99 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM",
100 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
101 HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
102 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16",
103 TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
104 HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
105 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16",
106 TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
107 HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
108 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8",
109 TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
110 HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
111 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8",
112 TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
113
114 #define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset)
115 #define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext)
116 /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation. */
117 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
118 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32",
119 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
120 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
121 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32",
122 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
123 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
124 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32",
125 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
126 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
127 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32",
128 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
129 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
130 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32",
131 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
132 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
133 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32",
134 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
135 HOWTO(R_386_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned,
136 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_SIZE32",
137 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
138 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
139 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC",
140 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
141 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
142 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL",
143 FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
144 HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
145 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC",
146 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
147 HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
148 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE",
149 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
150 HOWTO(R_386_GOT32X, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
151 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32X",
152 TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
153
154 /* Another gap. */
155 #define R_386_ext2 (R_386_GOT32X + 1 - R_386_tls_offset)
156 #define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_ext2)
157
158 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
159 HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
160 0, /* rightshift */
161 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
162 0, /* bitsize */
163 FALSE, /* pc_relative */
164 0, /* bitpos */
165 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
166 NULL, /* special_function */
167 "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
168 FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
169 0, /* src_mask */
170 0, /* dst_mask */
171 FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
172
173 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
174 HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
175 0, /* rightshift */
176 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
177 0, /* bitsize */
178 FALSE, /* pc_relative */
179 0, /* bitpos */
180 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
181 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
182 "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
183 FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
184 0, /* src_mask */
185 0, /* dst_mask */
186 FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */
187
188 #define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset)
189
190 };
191
192 #ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
193 #define TRACE(str) \
194 fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
195 #else
196 #define TRACE(str)
197 #endif
198
199 static reloc_howto_type *
200 elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
201 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
202 {
203 switch (code)
204 {
205 case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
206 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
207 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE];
208
209 case BFD_RELOC_32:
210 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
211 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
212
213 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
214 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR");
215 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
216
217 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
218 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
219 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32];
220
221 case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
222 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
223 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32];
224
225 case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
226 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
227 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32];
228
229 case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
230 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
231 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY];
232
233 case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
234 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
235 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT];
236
237 case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
238 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
239 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT];
240
241 case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
242 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
243 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE];
244
245 case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
246 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
247 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF];
248
249 case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
250 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
251 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC];
252
253 /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */
254 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF:
255 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF");
256 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset];
257
258 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE:
259 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE");
260 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset];
261
262 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE:
263 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE");
264 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset];
265
266 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE:
267 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE");
268 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset];
269
270 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD:
271 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD");
272 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset];
273
274 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM:
275 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM");
276 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset];
277
278 case BFD_RELOC_16:
279 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
280 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset];
281
282 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
283 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
284 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset];
285
286 case BFD_RELOC_8:
287 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
288 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset];
289
290 case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
291 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
292 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset];
293
294 /* Common with Sun TLS implementation. */
295 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32:
296 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32");
297 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
298
299 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32:
300 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32");
301 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
302
303 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32:
304 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32");
305 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
306
307 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
308 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32");
309 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset];
310
311 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
312 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32");
313 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
314
315 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
316 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32");
317 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
318
319 case BFD_RELOC_SIZE32:
320 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_SIZE32");
321 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_SIZE32 - R_386_tls_offset];
322
323 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
324 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC");
325 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset];
326
327 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
328 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL");
329 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset];
330
331 case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC:
332 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC");
333 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset];
334
335 case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE:
336 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE");
337 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE - R_386_tls_offset];
338
339 case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X:
340 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X");
341 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32X - R_386_tls_offset];
342
343 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
344 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
345 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset];
346
347 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
348 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
349 return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset];
350
351 default:
352 break;
353 }
354
355 TRACE ("Unknown");
356 return 0;
357 }
358
359 static reloc_howto_type *
360 elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
361 const char *r_name)
362 {
363 unsigned int i;
364
365 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++)
366 if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
367 && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
368 return &elf_howto_table[i];
369
370 return NULL;
371 }
372
373 static reloc_howto_type *
374 elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
375 {
376 unsigned int indx;
377
378 if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
379 && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
380 >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
381 && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
382 >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext)
383 && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_ext2
384 >= R_386_vt - R_386_ext2))
385 {
386 /* xgettext:c-format */
387 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
388 abfd, (int) r_type);
389 indx = R_386_NONE;
390 }
391 /* PR 17512: file: 0f67f69d. */
392 if (elf_howto_table [indx].type != r_type)
393 return NULL;
394 return &elf_howto_table[indx];
395 }
396
397 static void
398 elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
399 arelent *cache_ptr,
400 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
401 {
402 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
403 cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
404 }
405
406 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label. The UnixWare
407 2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
408 recognize them here. FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
409 If so, we should move the .X recognition into
410 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name. */
411
412 static bfd_boolean
413 elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
414 {
415 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
416 return TRUE;
417
418 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
419 }
420 \f
421 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
422
423 static bfd_boolean
424 elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
425 {
426 int offset;
427 size_t size;
428
429 if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
430 {
431 int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
432
433 if (pr_version != 1)
434 return FALSE;
435
436 /* pr_cursig */
437 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20);
438
439 /* pr_pid */
440 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
441
442 /* pr_reg */
443 offset = 28;
444 size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
445 }
446 else
447 {
448 switch (note->descsz)
449 {
450 default:
451 return FALSE;
452
453 case 144: /* Linux/i386 */
454 /* pr_cursig */
455 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
456
457 /* pr_pid */
458 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
459
460 /* pr_reg */
461 offset = 72;
462 size = 68;
463
464 break;
465 }
466 }
467
468 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
469 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
470 size, note->descpos + offset);
471 }
472
473 static bfd_boolean
474 elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
475 {
476 if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
477 {
478 int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
479
480 if (pr_version != 1)
481 return FALSE;
482
483 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
484 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17);
485 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
486 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81);
487 }
488 else
489 {
490 switch (note->descsz)
491 {
492 default:
493 return FALSE;
494
495 case 124: /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo. */
496 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
497 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
499 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
500 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
501 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
502 }
503 }
504
505 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
506 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
507 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
508 {
509 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
510 int n = strlen (command);
511
512 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
513 command[n - 1] = '\0';
514 }
515
516 return TRUE;
517 }
518 \f
519 /* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.
520
521 In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
522 knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
523 following:
524
525 Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other
526 functions are only called locally. elf_i386_* functions appear
527 in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
528 from external routines. eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called
529 early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is
530 one of the last functions. */
531
532
533 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
534 section. */
535
536 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
537
538 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
539 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
540 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
541 shared lib. */
542 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
543
544 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the lazy procedure linkage table. */
545
546 #define LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
547
548 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the non-lazy procedure linkage
549 table. */
550
551 #define NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 8
552
553 /* The first entry in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table looks
554 like this. See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.
555 Will be padded to LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with lazy_plt->plt0_pad_byte. */
556
557 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry[12] =
558 {
559 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */
560 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */
561 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */
562 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */
563 };
564
565 /* Subsequent entries in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table look
566 like this. */
567
568 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
569 {
570 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */
571 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
572 0x68, /* pushl immediate */
573 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */
574 0xe9, /* jmp relative */
575 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */
576 };
577
578 /* The first entry in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table look like
579 this. Will be padded to LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with
580 lazy_plt->plt0_pad_byte. */
581
582 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt0_entry[12] =
583 {
584 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
585 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0 /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
586 };
587
588 /* Subsequent entries in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table look like
589 this. */
590
591 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
592 {
593 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
594 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
595 0x68, /* pushl immediate */
596 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */
597 0xe9, /* jmp relative */
598 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */
599 };
600
601 /* Entries in the non-lazy procedure linkage table look like this. */
602
603 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_entry[NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
604 {
605 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */
606 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
607 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */
608 };
609
610 /* Entries in the PIC non-lazy procedure linkage table look like
611 this. */
612
613 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_plt_entry[NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
614 {
615 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
616 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
617 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */
618 };
619
620 /* The first entry in an absolute IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage
621 table looks like this. */
622
623 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
624 {
625 0xff, 0x35, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl GOT[1] */
626 0xff, 0x25, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *GOT[2] */
627 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00 /* nopl 0(%rax) */
628 };
629
630 /* Subsequent entries for an absolute IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage
631 table look like this. Subsequent entries for a PIC IBT-enabled lazy
632 procedure linkage table are the same. */
633
634 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
635 {
636 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */
637 0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl immediate */
638 0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp relative */
639 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */
640 };
641
642 /* The first entry in a PIC IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage table
643 look like. */
644
645 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
646 {
647 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
648 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
649 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00 /* nopl 0(%rax) */
650 };
651
652 /* Entries for branches with IBT-enabled in the absolute non-lazey
653 procedure linkage table look like this. They have the same size
654 as the lazy PLT entry. */
655
656 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
657 {
658 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */
659 0xff, 0x25, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *name@GOT */
660 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00 /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */
661 };
662
663 /* Entries for branches with IBT-enabled in the PIC non-lazey procedure
664 linkage table look like this. They have the same size as the lazy
665 PLT entry. */
666
667 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
668 {
669 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */
670 0xff, 0xa3, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *name@GOT(%ebx) */
671 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00 /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */
672 };
673
674 /* .eh_frame covering the lazy .plt section. */
675
676 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt[] =
677 {
678 #define PLT_CIE_LENGTH 20
679 #define PLT_FDE_LENGTH 36
680 #define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8
681 #define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12
682 PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */
683 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */
684 1, /* CIE version */
685 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */
686 1, /* Code alignment factor */
687 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */
688 8, /* Return address column */
689 1, /* Augmentation size */
690 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
691 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */
692 DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */
693 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
694
695 PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */
696 PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */
697 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */
698 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */
699 0, /* Augmentation size */
700 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */
701 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
702 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */
703 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */
704 DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
705 11, /* Block length */
706 DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */
707 DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */
708 DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge,
709 DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
710 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
711 };
712
713 /* .eh_frame covering the lazy .plt section with IBT-enabled. */
714
715 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt[] =
716 {
717 PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */
718 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */
719 1, /* CIE version */
720 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */
721 1, /* Code alignment factor */
722 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */
723 8, /* Return address column */
724 1, /* Augmentation size */
725 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
726 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */
727 DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */
728 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
729
730 PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */
731 PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */
732 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */
733 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */
734 0, /* Augmentation size */
735 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */
736 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
737 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */
738 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */
739 DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
740 11, /* Block length */
741 DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */
742 DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */
743 DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit9, DW_OP_ge,
744 DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
745 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
746 };
747
748 /* .eh_frame covering the non-lazy .plt section. */
749
750 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt[] =
751 {
752 #define PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH 16
753 PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */
754 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */
755 1, /* CIE version */
756 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */
757 1, /* Code alignment factor */
758 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */
759 8, /* Return address column */
760 1, /* Augmentation size */
761 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
762 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */
763 DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */
764 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
765
766 PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */
767 PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */
768 0, 0, 0, 0, /* the start of non-lazy .plt goes here */
769 0, 0, 0, 0, /* non-lazy .plt size goes here */
770 0, /* Augmentation size */
771 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
772 };
773
774 struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout
775 {
776 /* The first entry in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table looks
777 like this. */
778 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
779 unsigned int plt0_entry_size;
780
781 /* Offsets into plt0_entry that are to be replaced with GOT[1] and
782 GOT[2]. */
783 unsigned int plt0_got1_offset;
784 unsigned int plt0_got2_offset;
785
786 /* Later entries in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table look
787 like this. */
788 const bfd_byte *plt_entry;
789 unsigned int plt_entry_size;
790
791 /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */
792 unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */
793 unsigned int plt_reloc_offset; /* ... offset into relocation table. */
794 unsigned int plt_plt_offset; /* ... offset to start of .plt. */
795
796 /* Offset into plt_entry where the initial value of the GOT entry
797 points. */
798 unsigned int plt_lazy_offset;
799
800 /* The first entry in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table looks like
801 this. */
802 const bfd_byte *pic_plt0_entry;
803
804 /* Subsequent entries in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table look
805 like this. */
806 const bfd_byte *pic_plt_entry;
807
808 /* .eh_frame covering the lazy .plt section. */
809 const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt;
810 unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size;
811 };
812
813 struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout
814 {
815 /* Entries in an absolute non-lazy procedure linkage table look like
816 this. */
817 const bfd_byte *plt_entry;
818 /* Entries in a PIC non-lazy procedure linkage table look like this. */
819 const bfd_byte *pic_plt_entry;
820
821 unsigned int plt_entry_size;
822
823 /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */
824 unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */
825
826 /* .eh_frame covering the non-lazy .plt section. */
827 const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt;
828 unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size;
829 };
830
831 struct elf_i386_plt_layout
832 {
833 /* The first entry in a lazy procedure linkage table looks like this. */
834 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
835 /* Entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
836 const bfd_byte *plt_entry;
837 unsigned int plt_entry_size;
838
839 /* 1 has PLT0. */
840 unsigned int has_plt0;
841
842 /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */
843 unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */
844
845 /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */
846 const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt;
847 unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size;
848 };
849
850 /* These are the standard parameters. */
851 static const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_lazy_plt =
852 {
853 elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */
854 sizeof (elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */
855 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */
856 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */
857 elf_i386_lazy_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */
858 LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */
859 2, /* plt_got_offset */
860 7, /* plt_reloc_offset */
861 12, /* plt_plt_offset */
862 6, /* plt_lazy_offset */
863 elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */
864 elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */
865 elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */
866 sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */
867 };
868
869 static const struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_non_lazy_plt =
870 {
871 elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */
872 elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */
873 NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */
874 2, /* plt_got_offset */
875 elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */
876 sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */
877 };
878
879 static const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt =
880 {
881 elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */
882 sizeof (elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */
883 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */
884 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */
885 elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */
886 LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */
887 4+2, /* plt_got_offset */
888 4+1, /* plt_reloc_offset */
889 4+6, /* plt_plt_offset */
890 0, /* plt_lazy_offset */
891 elf_i386_pic_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */
892 elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */
893 elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */
894 sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */
895 };
896
897 static const struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt =
898 {
899 elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */
900 elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry,/* pic_plt_entry */
901 LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */
902 4+2, /* plt_got_offset */
903 elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */
904 sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */
905 };
906 \f
907
908 /* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations
909 for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry. */
910 #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
911 #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
912 #define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2
913
914 /* Architecture-specific backend data for i386. */
915
916 struct elf_i386_backend_data
917 {
918 /* Value used to fill the unused bytes of the first PLT entry. */
919 bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte;
920
921 /* Target system. */
922 enum
923 {
924 is_normal,
925 is_vxworks,
926 is_nacl
927 } os;
928 };
929
930 #define get_elf_i386_backend_data(abfd) \
931 ((const struct elf_i386_backend_data *) \
932 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch_data)
933
934 /* These are the standard parameters. */
935 static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_arch_bed =
936 {
937 0, /* plt0_pad_byte */
938 is_normal /* os */
939 };
940
941 #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_arch_bed
942
943 /* Is a undefined weak symbol which is resolved to 0. Reference to an
944 undefined weak symbol is resolved to 0 when building executable if
945 it isn't dynamic and
946 1. Has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text section. Or
947 2. Has no GOT/PLT relocation.
948 Local undefined weak symbol is always resolved to 0.
949 */
950 #define UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO(INFO, GOT_RELOC, EH) \
951 ((EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak \
952 && ((EH)->elf.forced_local \
953 || (bfd_link_executable (INFO) \
954 && (elf_i386_hash_table (INFO)->interp == NULL \
955 || !(GOT_RELOC) \
956 || (EH)->has_non_got_reloc \
957 || !(INFO)->dynamic_undefined_weak))))
958
959 /* Should copy relocation be generated for a symbol. Don't generate
960 copy relocation against a protected symbol defined in a shared
961 object with GNU_PROPERTY_NO_COPY_ON_PROTECTED. */
962 #define SYMBOL_NO_COPYRELOC(INFO, EH) \
963 ((EH)->def_protected \
964 && ((EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined \
965 || (EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) \
966 && elf_has_no_copy_on_protected ((EH)->elf.root.u.def.section->owner) \
967 && ((EH)->elf.root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 \
968 && ((EH)->elf.root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
969
970
971 /* i386 ELF linker hash entry. */
972
973 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
974 {
975 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
976
977 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
978 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
979
980 #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
981 #define GOT_NORMAL 1
982 #define GOT_TLS_GD 2
983 #define GOT_TLS_IE 4
984 #define GOT_TLS_IE_POS 5
985 #define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG 6
986 #define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7
987 #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8
988 #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \
989 ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
990 #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \
991 ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
992 #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \
993 ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
994 #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \
995 (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
996 unsigned char tls_type;
997
998 /* Symbol is referenced by R_386_GOTOFF relocation. */
999 unsigned int gotoff_ref : 1;
1000
1001 /* Symbol has GOT or PLT relocations. */
1002 unsigned int has_got_reloc : 1;
1003
1004 /* Symbol has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text sections. */
1005 unsigned int has_non_got_reloc : 1;
1006
1007 /* Don't call finish_dynamic_symbol on this symbol. */
1008 unsigned int no_finish_dynamic_symbol : 1;
1009
1010 /* TRUE if symbol is __tls_get_addr. */
1011 unsigned int tls_get_addr : 1;
1012
1013 /* TRUE if symbol is defined as a protected symbol. */
1014 unsigned int def_protected : 1;
1015
1016 /* Reference count of C/C++ function pointer relocations in read-write
1017 section which can be resolved at run-time. */
1018 bfd_signed_vma func_pointer_refcount;
1019
1020 /* Information about the GOT PLT entry. Filled when there are both
1021 GOT and PLT relocations against the same function. */
1022 union gotplt_union plt_got;
1023
1024 /* Information about the second PLT entry. */
1025 union gotplt_union plt_second;
1026
1027 /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
1028 starting at the end of the jump table. */
1029 bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
1030 };
1031
1032 #define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
1033
1034 struct elf_i386_obj_tdata
1035 {
1036 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
1037
1038 /* tls_type for each local got entry. */
1039 char *local_got_tls_type;
1040
1041 /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */
1042 bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
1043 };
1044
1045 #define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \
1046 ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
1047
1048 #define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
1049 (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
1050
1051 #define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
1052 (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
1053
1054 #define is_i386_elf(bfd) \
1055 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1056 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
1057 && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA)
1058
1059 static bfd_boolean
1060 elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1061 {
1062 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata),
1063 I386_ELF_DATA);
1064 }
1065
1066 /* i386 ELF linker hash table. */
1067
1068 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
1069 {
1070 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
1071
1072 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
1073 asection *interp;
1074 asection *plt_eh_frame;
1075 asection *plt_second;
1076 asection *plt_second_eh_frame;
1077 asection *plt_got;
1078 asection *plt_got_eh_frame;
1079
1080 /* Parameters describing PLT generation. */
1081 struct elf_i386_plt_layout plt;
1082
1083 /* Parameters describing lazy PLT generation. */
1084 const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout *lazy_plt;
1085
1086 /* Parameters describing non-lazy PLT generation. */
1087 const struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout *non_lazy_plt;
1088
1089 union
1090 {
1091 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
1092 bfd_vma offset;
1093 } tls_ldm_got;
1094
1095 /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
1096 section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */
1097 bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
1098
1099 /* Small local sym cache. */
1100 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
1101
1102 /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol. */
1103 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
1104
1105 /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
1106 htab_t loc_hash_table;
1107 void * loc_hash_memory;
1108
1109 /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks. */
1110 asection *srelplt2;
1111
1112 /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */
1113 bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
1114
1115 /* The index of the next unused R_386_JUMP_SLOT slot in .rel.plt. */
1116 bfd_vma next_jump_slot_index;
1117
1118 /* The index of the next unused R_386_IRELATIVE slot in .rel.plt. */
1119 bfd_vma next_irelative_index;
1120
1121 /* TRUE if there are dynamic relocs against IFUNC symbols that apply
1122 to read-only sections. */
1123 bfd_boolean readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc;
1124 };
1125
1126 /* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
1127
1128 #define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
1129 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
1130 == I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
1131
1132 #define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
1133 ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * 4)
1134
1135 /* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
1136
1137 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1138 elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1139 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1140 const char *string)
1141 {
1142 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1143 subclass. */
1144 if (entry == NULL)
1145 {
1146 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
1147 bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
1148 if (entry == NULL)
1149 return entry;
1150 }
1151
1152 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1153 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1154 if (entry != NULL)
1155 {
1156 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
1157
1158 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1159 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
1160 eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
1161 eh->gotoff_ref = 0;
1162 eh->has_got_reloc = 0;
1163 eh->has_non_got_reloc = 0;
1164 eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol = 0;
1165 eh->tls_get_addr = 0;
1166 eh->def_protected = 0;
1167 eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1168 eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1169 eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
1170 }
1171
1172 return entry;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. We use elf_link_hash_entry
1176 for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
1177 as global symbol. We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
1178 hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend. */
1179
1180 static hashval_t
1181 elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
1182 {
1183 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
1184 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
1185 return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Compare local hash entries. */
1189
1190 static int
1191 elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
1192 {
1193 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
1194 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
1195 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
1196 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
1197
1198 return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
1199 }
1200
1201 /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */
1202
1203 static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
1204 elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab,
1205 bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1206 bfd_boolean create)
1207 {
1208 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
1209 asection *sec = abfd->sections;
1210 hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
1211 ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
1212 void **slot;
1213
1214 e.elf.indx = sec->id;
1215 e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1216 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
1217 create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
1218
1219 if (!slot)
1220 return NULL;
1221
1222 if (*slot)
1223 {
1224 ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
1225 return &ret->elf;
1226 }
1227
1228 ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
1229 objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
1230 sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
1231 if (ret)
1232 {
1233 memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
1234 ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
1235 ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1236 ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
1237 ret->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1238 ret->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1239 *slot = ret;
1240 }
1241 return &ret->elf;
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
1245
1246 static void
1247 elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
1248 {
1249 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab
1250 = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
1251
1252 if (htab->loc_hash_table)
1253 htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
1254 if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
1255 objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
1256 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
1260
1261 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1262 elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1263 {
1264 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
1265 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table);
1266
1267 ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
1268 if (ret == NULL)
1269 return NULL;
1270
1271 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
1272 elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc,
1273 sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry),
1274 I386_ELF_DATA))
1275 {
1276 free (ret);
1277 return NULL;
1278 }
1279
1280 ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
1281 elf_i386_local_htab_hash,
1282 elf_i386_local_htab_eq,
1283 NULL);
1284 ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
1285 if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
1286 {
1287 elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
1288 return NULL;
1289 }
1290 ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elf_i386_link_hash_table_free;
1291
1292 return &ret->elf.root;
1293 }
1294
1295 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
1296
1297 static void
1298 elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1299 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1300 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1301 {
1302 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
1303
1304 edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir;
1305 eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind;
1306
1307 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
1308 {
1309 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
1310 {
1311 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
1312 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
1313
1314 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
1315 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
1316 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
1317 {
1318 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
1319
1320 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1321 if (q->sec == p->sec)
1322 {
1323 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
1324 q->count += p->count;
1325 *pp = p->next;
1326 break;
1327 }
1328 if (q == NULL)
1329 pp = &p->next;
1330 }
1331 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
1332 }
1333
1334 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
1335 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
1336 }
1337
1338 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
1339 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
1340 {
1341 edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
1342 eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
1343 }
1344
1345 /* Copy gotoff_ref so that elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol will
1346 generate a R_386_COPY reloc. */
1347 edir->gotoff_ref |= eind->gotoff_ref;
1348
1349 edir->has_got_reloc |= eind->has_got_reloc;
1350 edir->has_non_got_reloc |= eind->has_non_got_reloc;
1351
1352 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
1353 && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
1354 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
1355 {
1356 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
1357 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
1358 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
1359 if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
1360 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1361 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1362 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1363 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1364 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1365 }
1366 else
1367 {
1368 if (eind->func_pointer_refcount > 0)
1369 {
1370 edir->func_pointer_refcount += eind->func_pointer_refcount;
1371 eind->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1372 }
1373
1374 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378 /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
1379 from R_TYPE. */
1380
1381 static bfd_boolean
1382 elf_i386_check_tls_transition (asection *sec,
1383 bfd_byte *contents,
1384 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1385 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
1386 unsigned int r_type,
1387 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1388 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1389 {
1390 unsigned int val, type, reg;
1391 unsigned long r_symndx;
1392 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1393 bfd_vma offset;
1394 bfd_byte *call;
1395 bfd_boolean indirect_call;
1396
1397 offset = rel->r_offset;
1398 switch (r_type)
1399 {
1400 case R_386_TLS_GD:
1401 case R_386_TLS_LDM:
1402 if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend)
1403 return FALSE;
1404
1405 indirect_call = FALSE;
1406 call = contents + offset + 4;
1407 val = *(call - 5);
1408 type = *(call - 6);
1409 if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD)
1410 {
1411 /* Check transition from GD access model. Only
1412 leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax
1413 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
1414 or
1415 leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx) %eax
1416 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
1417 nop
1418 or
1419 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax
1420 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
1421 which may be converted to
1422 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
1423 can transit to different access model. */
1424 if ((offset + 10) > sec->size
1425 || (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04))
1426 return FALSE;
1427
1428 if (type == 0x04)
1429 {
1430 /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax
1431 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT */
1432 if (offset < 3)
1433 return FALSE;
1434
1435 if (*(call - 7) != 0x8d
1436 || val != 0x1d
1437 || call[0] != 0xe8)
1438 return FALSE;
1439 }
1440 else
1441 {
1442 /* This must be
1443 leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax
1444 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
1445 nop
1446 or
1447 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax
1448 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
1449 which may be converted to
1450 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
1451
1452 %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it
1453 is used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */
1454 reg = val & 7;
1455 if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0)
1456 return FALSE;
1457
1458 indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff;
1459 if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8 && call[5] == 0x90)
1460 && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8)
1461 && !(indirect_call
1462 && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90
1463 && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg))
1464 return FALSE;
1465 }
1466 }
1467 else
1468 {
1469 /* Check transition from LD access model. Only
1470 leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx), %eax
1471 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
1472 or
1473 leal foo@tlsldm(%reg), %eax
1474 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
1475 which may be converted to
1476 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
1477 can transit to different access model. */
1478 if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
1479 return FALSE;
1480
1481 /* %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it is
1482 used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */
1483 reg = val & 7;
1484 if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0)
1485 return FALSE;
1486
1487 indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff;
1488 if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8)
1489 && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8)
1490 && !(indirect_call
1491 && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90
1492 && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg))
1493 return FALSE;
1494 }
1495
1496 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
1497 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1498 return FALSE;
1499
1500 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
1501 if (h == NULL
1502 || !((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_get_addr)
1503 return FALSE;
1504 else if (indirect_call)
1505 return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_GOT32X);
1506 else
1507 return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32
1508 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32);
1509
1510 case R_386_TLS_IE:
1511 /* Check transition from IE access model:
1512 movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax
1513 movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
1514 addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
1515 */
1516
1517 if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
1518 return FALSE;
1519
1520 /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first. */
1521 val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
1522 if (val == 0xa1)
1523 return TRUE;
1524
1525 if (offset < 2)
1526 return FALSE;
1527
1528 /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg. */
1529 type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
1530 return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03)
1531 && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05);
1532
1533 case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
1534 case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
1535 /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model:
1536 subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
1537 movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
1538 addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
1539 */
1540
1541 if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
1542 return FALSE;
1543
1544 val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
1545 if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
1546 return FALSE;
1547
1548 type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
1549 return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03;
1550
1551 case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
1552 /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
1553 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
1554
1555 Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset
1556 into any register, although it's probably almost always
1557 going to be eax. */
1558
1559 if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
1560 return FALSE;
1561
1562 if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
1563 return FALSE;
1564
1565 val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
1566 return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83;
1567
1568 case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
1569 /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
1570 call *x@tlsdesc(%eax)
1571 */
1572 if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
1573 {
1574 /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%eax). */
1575 call = contents + offset;
1576 return call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x10;
1577 }
1578
1579 return FALSE;
1580
1581 default:
1582 abort ();
1583 }
1584 }
1585
1586 /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
1587 will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */
1588
1589 static bfd_boolean
1590 elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
1591 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
1592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1593 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
1594 unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
1595 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1596 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
1597 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1598 unsigned long r_symndx,
1599 bfd_boolean from_relocate_section)
1600 {
1601 unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
1602 unsigned int to_type = from_type;
1603 bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
1604
1605 /* Skip TLS transition for functions. */
1606 if (h != NULL
1607 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
1608 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
1609 return TRUE;
1610
1611 switch (from_type)
1612 {
1613 case R_386_TLS_GD:
1614 case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
1615 case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
1616 case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
1617 case R_386_TLS_IE:
1618 case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
1619 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
1620 {
1621 if (h == NULL)
1622 to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
1623 else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE
1624 && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
1625 to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
1626 }
1627
1628 /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, there may
1629 be additional transitions based on TLS_TYPE. */
1630 if (from_relocate_section)
1631 {
1632 unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
1633
1634 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
1635 && h != NULL
1636 && h->dynindx == -1
1637 && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
1638 new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
1639
1640 if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD
1641 || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
1642 || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
1643 {
1644 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
1645 new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
1646 else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
1647 new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
1648 }
1649
1650 /* We checked the transition before when we were called from
1651 elf_i386_check_relocs. We only want to check the new
1652 transition which hasn't been checked before. */
1653 check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
1654 to_type = new_to_type;
1655 }
1656
1657 break;
1658
1659 case R_386_TLS_LDM:
1660 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
1661 to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
1662 break;
1663
1664 default:
1665 return TRUE;
1666 }
1667
1668 /* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */
1669 if (from_type == to_type)
1670 return TRUE;
1671
1672 /* Check if the transition can be performed. */
1673 if (check
1674 && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (sec, contents,
1675 symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
1676 from_type, rel, relend))
1677 {
1678 reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
1679 const char *name;
1680
1681 from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
1682 to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
1683
1684 if (h)
1685 name = h->root.root.string;
1686 else
1687 {
1688 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
1689
1690 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
1691 if (htab == NULL)
1692 name = "*unknown*";
1693 else
1694 {
1695 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
1696
1697 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
1698 abfd, r_symndx);
1699 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
1700 }
1701 }
1702
1703 _bfd_error_handler
1704 /* xgettext:c-format */
1705 (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at %#Lx "
1706 "in section `%A' failed"),
1707 abfd, from->name, to->name, name,
1708 rel->r_offset, sec);
1709 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1710 return FALSE;
1711 }
1712
1713 *r_type = to_type;
1714 return TRUE;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* With the local symbol, foo, we convert
1718 mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2
1719 to
1720 lea foo[@GOTOFF(%reg1)], %reg2
1721 and convert
1722 call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]
1723 to
1724 nop call foo/jmp foo nop
1725 When PIC is false, convert
1726 test %reg1, foo@GOT[(%reg2)]
1727 to
1728 test $foo, %reg1
1729 and convert
1730 binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2
1731 to
1732 binop $foo, %reg2
1733 where binop is one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor
1734 instructions. */
1735
1736 static
1737 bfd_boolean
1738 elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1739 bfd_byte *contents,
1740 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel,
1741 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1742 bfd_boolean *converted,
1743 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1744 {
1745 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
1746 unsigned int opcode;
1747 unsigned int modrm;
1748 bfd_boolean baseless;
1749 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
1750 unsigned int addend;
1751 unsigned int nop;
1752 bfd_vma nop_offset;
1753 bfd_boolean is_pic;
1754 bfd_boolean to_reloc_32;
1755 unsigned int r_type;
1756 unsigned int r_symndx;
1757 bfd_vma roff = irel->r_offset;
1758
1759 if (roff < 2)
1760 return TRUE;
1761
1762 /* Addend for R_386_GOT32X relocations must be 0. */
1763 addend = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + roff);
1764 if (addend != 0)
1765 return TRUE;
1766
1767 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (link_info);
1768 is_pic = bfd_link_pic (link_info);
1769
1770 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1771 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1772
1773 modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1);
1774 baseless = (modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5;
1775
1776 if (baseless && is_pic)
1777 {
1778 /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32X without a base register
1779 since we don't know what the GOT base is. */
1780 const char *name;
1781
1782 if (h == NULL)
1783 {
1784 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd,
1785 r_symndx);
1786 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
1787 }
1788 else
1789 name = h->root.root.string;
1790
1791 _bfd_error_handler
1792 /* xgettext:c-format */
1793 (_("%B: direct GOT relocation R_386_GOT32X against `%s' without base"
1794 " register can not be used when making a shared object"),
1795 abfd, name);
1796 return FALSE;
1797 }
1798
1799 opcode = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 2);
1800
1801 /* Convert to R_386_32 if PIC is false or there is no base
1802 register. */
1803 to_reloc_32 = !is_pic || baseless;
1804
1805 /* Try to convert R_386_GOT32X. Get the symbol referred to by the
1806 reloc. */
1807 if (h == NULL)
1808 {
1809 if (opcode == 0x0ff)
1810 /* Convert "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */
1811 goto convert_branch;
1812 else
1813 /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2",
1814 "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and
1815 "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2". */
1816 goto convert_load;
1817 }
1818
1819 /* Undefined weak symbol is only bound locally in executable
1820 and its reference is resolved as 0. */
1821 if (UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (link_info, TRUE,
1822 elf_i386_hash_entry (h)))
1823 {
1824 if (opcode == 0xff)
1825 {
1826 /* No direct branch to 0 for PIC. */
1827 if (is_pic)
1828 return TRUE;
1829 else
1830 goto convert_branch;
1831 }
1832 else
1833 {
1834 /* We can convert load of address 0 to R_386_32. */
1835 to_reloc_32 = TRUE;
1836 goto convert_load;
1837 }
1838 }
1839
1840 if (opcode == 0xff)
1841 {
1842 /* We have "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */
1843 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1844 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1845 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h))
1846 {
1847 /* The function is locally defined. */
1848 convert_branch:
1849 /* Convert R_386_GOT32X to R_386_PC32. */
1850 if (modrm == 0x15 || (modrm & 0xf8) == 0x90)
1851 {
1852 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh
1853 = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
1854
1855 /* Convert to "nop call foo". ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE
1856 is a nop prefix. */
1857 modrm = 0xe8;
1858 /* To support TLS optimization, always use addr32 prefix
1859 for "call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)". */
1860 if (eh && eh->tls_get_addr)
1861 {
1862 nop = 0x67;
1863 nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2;
1864 }
1865 else
1866 {
1867 nop = link_info->call_nop_byte;
1868 if (link_info->call_nop_as_suffix)
1869 {
1870 nop_offset = roff + 3;
1871 irel->r_offset -= 1;
1872 }
1873 else
1874 nop_offset = roff - 2;
1875 }
1876 }
1877 else
1878 {
1879 /* Convert to "jmp foo nop". */
1880 modrm = 0xe9;
1881 nop = NOP_OPCODE;
1882 nop_offset = roff + 3;
1883 irel->r_offset -= 1;
1884 }
1885
1886 bfd_put_8 (abfd, nop, contents + nop_offset);
1887 bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + irel->r_offset - 1);
1888 /* When converting to PC-relative relocation, we
1889 need to adjust addend by -4. */
1890 bfd_put_32 (abfd, -4, contents + irel->r_offset);
1891 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_386_PC32);
1892
1893 *converted = TRUE;
1894 }
1895 }
1896 else
1897 {
1898 /* We have "mov foo@GOT[(%re1g)], %reg2",
1899 "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and
1900 "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2".
1901
1902 Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its
1903 link-time address. */
1904 if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic)
1905 return TRUE;
1906
1907 /* def_regular is set by an assignment in a linker script in
1908 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment. start_stop is set on
1909 __start_SECNAME/__stop_SECNAME which mark section SECNAME. */
1910 if (h->start_stop
1911 || ((h->def_regular
1912 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1913 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1914 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h)))
1915 {
1916 convert_load:
1917 if (opcode == 0x8b)
1918 {
1919 if (to_reloc_32)
1920 {
1921 /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2" to
1922 "mov $foo, %reg2" with R_386_32. */
1923 r_type = R_386_32;
1924 modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3;
1925 bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1);
1926 opcode = 0xc7;
1927 }
1928 else
1929 {
1930 /* Convert "mov foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to
1931 "lea foo@GOTOFF(%reg1), %reg2". */
1932 r_type = R_386_GOTOFF;
1933 opcode = 0x8d;
1934 }
1935 }
1936 else
1937 {
1938 /* Only R_386_32 is supported. */
1939 if (!to_reloc_32)
1940 return TRUE;
1941
1942 if (opcode == 0x85)
1943 {
1944 /* Convert "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" to
1945 "test $foo, %reg1". */
1946 modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3;
1947 opcode = 0xf7;
1948 }
1949 else
1950 {
1951 /* Convert "binop foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to
1952 "binop $foo, %reg2". */
1953 modrm = (0xc0
1954 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3
1955 | (opcode & 0x3c));
1956 opcode = 0x81;
1957 }
1958 bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1);
1959 r_type = R_386_32;
1960 }
1961
1962 bfd_put_8 (abfd, opcode, contents + roff - 2);
1963 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
1964
1965 *converted = TRUE;
1966 }
1967 }
1968
1969 return TRUE;
1970 }
1971
1972 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
1973 are used here. */
1974 #define need_convert_load sec_flg0
1975 #define check_relocs_failed sec_flg1
1976
1977 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
1978 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
1979 table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
1980
1981 static bfd_boolean
1982 elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
1983 struct bfd_link_info *info,
1984 asection *sec,
1985 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
1986 {
1987 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
1988 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1989 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
1990 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1991 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
1992 asection *sreloc;
1993 bfd_byte *contents;
1994
1995 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
1996 return TRUE;
1997
1998 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
1999 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2000 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2001 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2002 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2003 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2004 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2005 return TRUE;
2006
2007 BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd));
2008
2009 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
2010 if (htab == NULL)
2011 {
2012 sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2013 return FALSE;
2014 }
2015
2016 /* Get the section contents. */
2017 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
2018 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
2019 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
2020 {
2021 sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2022 return FALSE;
2023 }
2024
2025 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2026 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2027
2028 sreloc = NULL;
2029
2030 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2031 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2032 {
2033 unsigned int r_type;
2034 unsigned int r_symndx;
2035 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2036 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
2037 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2038 const char *name;
2039 bfd_boolean size_reloc;
2040
2041 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2042 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2043
2044 if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
2045 {
2046 /* xgettext:c-format */
2047 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
2048 abfd, r_symndx);
2049 goto error_return;
2050 }
2051
2052 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2053 {
2054 /* A local symbol. */
2055 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2056 abfd, r_symndx);
2057 if (isym == NULL)
2058 goto error_return;
2059
2060 /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
2061 if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2062 {
2063 h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, TRUE);
2064 if (h == NULL)
2065 goto error_return;
2066
2067 /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
2068 h->root.root.string = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr,
2069 isym, NULL);
2070 h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
2071 h->def_regular = 1;
2072 h->ref_regular = 1;
2073 h->forced_local = 1;
2074 h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
2075 }
2076 else
2077 h = NULL;
2078 }
2079 else
2080 {
2081 isym = NULL;
2082 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2083 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2084 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2085 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2086 }
2087
2088 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
2089 if (h != NULL)
2090 {
2091 if (r_type == R_386_GOTOFF)
2092 eh->gotoff_ref = 1;
2093
2094 /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
2095 h->ref_regular = 1;
2096 h->root.non_ir_ref_regular = 1;
2097
2098 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2099 elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols
2100 |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc;
2101 }
2102
2103 if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, contents,
2104 symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
2105 &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
2106 rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx, FALSE))
2107 goto error_return;
2108
2109 switch (r_type)
2110 {
2111 case R_386_TLS_LDM:
2112 htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
2113 goto create_got;
2114
2115 case R_386_PLT32:
2116 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
2117 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
2118 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
2119 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
2120 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
2121 after all. */
2122
2123 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
2124 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
2125 if (h == NULL)
2126 continue;
2127
2128 eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2129 h->needs_plt = 1;
2130 h->plt.refcount += 1;
2131 break;
2132
2133 case R_386_SIZE32:
2134 size_reloc = TRUE;
2135 goto do_size;
2136
2137 case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
2138 case R_386_TLS_IE:
2139 case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
2140 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
2141 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2142 /* Fall through */
2143
2144 case R_386_GOT32:
2145 case R_386_GOT32X:
2146 case R_386_TLS_GD:
2147 case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
2148 case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
2149 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
2150 {
2151 int tls_type, old_tls_type;
2152
2153 switch (r_type)
2154 {
2155 default:
2156 case R_386_GOT32:
2157 case R_386_GOT32X:
2158 tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
2159 break;
2160 case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
2161 case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
2162 case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
2163 tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
2164 case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
2165 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type)
2166 tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
2167 else
2168 /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of
2169 R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32. */
2170 tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
2171 break;
2172 case R_386_TLS_IE:
2173 case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
2174 tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break;
2175 }
2176
2177 if (h != NULL)
2178 {
2179 h->got.refcount += 1;
2180 old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
2181 }
2182 else
2183 {
2184 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
2185
2186 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
2187 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2188 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2189 {
2190 bfd_size_type size;
2191
2192 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2193 size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
2194 + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char));
2195 local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *)
2196 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2197 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2198 goto error_return;
2199 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2200 elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
2201 = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2202 elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
2203 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2204 }
2205 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2206 old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
2207 }
2208
2209 if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
2210 tls_type |= old_tls_type;
2211 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
2212 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
2213 else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
2214 && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
2215 || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0))
2216 {
2217 if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
2218 tls_type = old_tls_type;
2219 else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
2220 && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
2221 tls_type |= old_tls_type;
2222 else
2223 {
2224 if (h)
2225 name = h->root.root.string;
2226 else
2227 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
2228 NULL);
2229 _bfd_error_handler
2230 /* xgettext:c-format */
2231 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
2232 "thread local symbol"),
2233 abfd, name);
2234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2235 goto error_return;
2236 }
2237 }
2238
2239 if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
2240 {
2241 if (h != NULL)
2242 elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
2243 else
2244 elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
2245 }
2246 }
2247 /* Fall through */
2248
2249 case R_386_GOTOFF:
2250 case R_386_GOTPC:
2251 create_got:
2252 if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE)
2253 {
2254 if (eh != NULL)
2255 eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2256 break;
2257 }
2258 /* Fall through */
2259
2260 case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
2261 case R_386_TLS_LE:
2262 if (eh != NULL)
2263 eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2264 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
2265 break;
2266 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2267 goto do_relocation;
2268
2269 case R_386_32:
2270 case R_386_PC32:
2271 if (eh != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2272 eh->has_non_got_reloc = 1;
2273 do_relocation:
2274 /* We are called after all symbols have been resolved. Only
2275 relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through
2276 PLT. */
2277 if (h != NULL
2278 && (bfd_link_executable (info)
2279 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
2280 {
2281 /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
2282 need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
2283 stage whether the section is read-only, as input
2284 sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
2285 Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
2286 adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
2287 h->non_got_ref = 1;
2288
2289 /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function
2290 defined in a shared lib or is a STT_GNU_IFUNC function
2291 referenced from the code or read-only section. */
2292 if (!h->def_regular
2293 || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0)
2294 h->plt.refcount += 1;
2295
2296 if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
2297 {
2298 /* Since something like ".long foo - ." may be used
2299 as pointer, make sure that PLT is used if foo is
2300 a function defined in a shared library. */
2301 if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
2302 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
2303 else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
2304 && bfd_link_pic (info))
2305 {
2306 _bfd_error_handler
2307 /* xgettext:c-format */
2308 (_("%B: unsupported non-PIC call to IFUNC `%s'"),
2309 abfd, h->root.root.string);
2310 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2311 goto error_return;
2312 }
2313 }
2314 else
2315 {
2316 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
2317 /* R_386_32 can be resolved at run-time. */
2318 if (r_type == R_386_32
2319 && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2320 eh->func_pointer_refcount += 1;
2321 }
2322 }
2323
2324 size_reloc = FALSE;
2325 do_size:
2326 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
2327 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
2328 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
2329 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
2330 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
2331 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
2332 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
2333 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
2334 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
2335 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
2336 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
2337 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
2338 storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
2339 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
2340 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
2341 symbol local.
2342
2343 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
2344 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
2345 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
2346 symbol.
2347
2348 Generate dynamic pointer relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC
2349 symbol in the non-code section. */
2350 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
2351 && (r_type != R_386_PC32
2352 || (h != NULL
2353 && (! (bfd_link_pie (info)
2354 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h))
2355 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2356 || !h->def_regular))))
2357 || (h != NULL
2358 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
2359 && r_type == R_386_32
2360 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
2361 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
2362 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2363 && h != NULL
2364 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2365 || !h->def_regular)))
2366 {
2367 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2368 struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
2369
2370 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
2371 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
2372 this reloc. */
2373 if (sreloc == NULL)
2374 {
2375 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
2376 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE);
2377
2378 if (sreloc == NULL)
2379 goto error_return;
2380 }
2381
2382 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
2383 relocations we need for this symbol. */
2384 if (h != NULL)
2385 {
2386 head = &eh->dyn_relocs;
2387 }
2388 else
2389 {
2390 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
2391 We really need local syms available to do this
2392 easily. Oh well. */
2393 void **vpp;
2394 asection *s;
2395
2396 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2397 abfd, r_symndx);
2398 if (isym == NULL)
2399 goto error_return;
2400
2401 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
2402 if (s == NULL)
2403 s = sec;
2404
2405 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
2406 head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
2407 }
2408
2409 p = *head;
2410 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
2411 {
2412 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
2413 p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj,
2414 amt);
2415 if (p == NULL)
2416 goto error_return;
2417 p->next = *head;
2418 *head = p;
2419 p->sec = sec;
2420 p->count = 0;
2421 p->pc_count = 0;
2422 }
2423
2424 p->count += 1;
2425 /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation. */
2426 if (r_type == R_386_PC32 || size_reloc)
2427 p->pc_count += 1;
2428 }
2429 break;
2430
2431 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
2432 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
2433 case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2434 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2435 goto error_return;
2436 break;
2437
2438 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
2439 used. Record for later use during GC. */
2440 case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
2441 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
2442 if (h != NULL
2443 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2444 goto error_return;
2445 break;
2446
2447 default:
2448 break;
2449 }
2450
2451 if (r_type == R_386_GOT32X
2452 && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC))
2453 sec->need_convert_load = 1;
2454 }
2455
2456 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
2457 {
2458 if (!info->keep_memory)
2459 free (contents);
2460 else
2461 {
2462 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
2463 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
2464 }
2465 }
2466
2467 return TRUE;
2468
2469 error_return:
2470 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
2471 free (contents);
2472 sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2473 return FALSE;
2474 }
2475
2476 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
2477 relocation. */
2478
2479 static asection *
2480 elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
2481 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2482 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
2483 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2484 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
2485 {
2486 if (h != NULL)
2487 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2488 {
2489 case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2490 case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
2491 return NULL;
2492 }
2493
2494 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
2495 }
2496
2497 /* Remove undefined weak symbol from the dynamic symbol table if it
2498 is resolved to 0. */
2499
2500 static bfd_boolean
2501 elf_i386_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2502 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2503 {
2504 if (h->dynindx != -1
2505 && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
2506 elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->has_got_reloc,
2507 elf_i386_hash_entry (h)))
2508 {
2509 h->dynindx = -1;
2510 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2511 h->dynstr_index);
2512 }
2513 return TRUE;
2514 }
2515
2516 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2517 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2518 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2519 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2520 understand. */
2521
2522 static bfd_boolean
2523 elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2524 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2525 {
2526 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
2527 asection *s, *srel;
2528 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
2529 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2530
2531 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
2532 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2533 {
2534 /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local
2535 calls via local PLT. */
2536 if (h->ref_regular
2537 && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2538 {
2539 bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0;
2540 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2541
2542 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
2543 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2544 {
2545 pc_count += p->pc_count;
2546 p->count -= p->pc_count;
2547 p->pc_count = 0;
2548 count += p->count;
2549 if (p->count == 0)
2550 *pp = p->next;
2551 else
2552 pp = &p->next;
2553 }
2554
2555 if (pc_count || count)
2556 {
2557 h->non_got_ref = 1;
2558 if (pc_count)
2559 {
2560 /* Increment PLT reference count only for PC-relative
2561 references. */
2562 h->needs_plt = 1;
2563 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
2564 h->plt.refcount = 1;
2565 else
2566 h->plt.refcount += 1;
2567 }
2568 }
2569 }
2570
2571 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
2572 {
2573 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2574 h->needs_plt = 0;
2575 }
2576 return TRUE;
2577 }
2578
2579 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2580 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2581 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2582 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2583 || h->needs_plt)
2584 {
2585 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2586 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2587 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2588 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2589 {
2590 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
2591 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2592 object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
2593 such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
2594 linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */
2595 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2596 h->needs_plt = 0;
2597 }
2598
2599 return TRUE;
2600 }
2601 else
2602 /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
2603 needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
2604 check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and
2605 non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in
2606 the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */
2607 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2608
2609 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
2610
2611 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2612 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2613 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2614 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2615 {
2616 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2617 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2618 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2619 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2620 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
2621 || info->nocopyreloc
2622 || SYMBOL_NO_COPYRELOC (info, eh))
2623 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2624 return TRUE;
2625 }
2626
2627 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2628 is not a function. */
2629
2630 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2631 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2632 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2633 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2634 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
2635 return TRUE;
2636
2637 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2638 GOT nor R_386_GOTOFF relocation, we don't need to generate a copy
2639 reloc. */
2640 if (!h->non_got_ref && !eh->gotoff_ref)
2641 return TRUE;
2642
2643 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2644 if (info->nocopyreloc || SYMBOL_NO_COPYRELOC (info, eh))
2645 {
2646 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2647 return TRUE;
2648 }
2649
2650 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
2651 if (htab == NULL)
2652 return FALSE;
2653
2654 /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections nor
2655 R_386_GOTOFF relocation, then we can keep the dynamic relocs and
2656 avoid the copy reloc. This doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can
2657 not have dynamic relocations (other than copy and jump slot
2658 relocations) in an executable. */
2659 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
2660 && !eh->gotoff_ref
2661 && get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->os != is_vxworks)
2662 {
2663 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2664 {
2665 s = p->sec->output_section;
2666 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
2667 break;
2668 }
2669
2670 if (p == NULL)
2671 {
2672 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2673 return TRUE;
2674 }
2675 }
2676
2677 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2678 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2679 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2680 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2681 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2682 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2683 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2684 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2685 same memory location for the variable. */
2686
2687 /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2688 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2689 runtime process image. */
2690 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
2691 {
2692 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
2693 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
2694 }
2695 else
2696 {
2697 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
2698 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
2699 }
2700 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2701 {
2702 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2703 h->needs_copy = 1;
2704 }
2705
2706 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2707 }
2708
2709 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2710 dynamic relocs. */
2711
2712 static bfd_boolean
2713 elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2714 {
2715 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2716 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
2717 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
2718 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2719 unsigned plt_entry_size;
2720 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
2721 const struct elf_i386_backend_data *bed;
2722
2723 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2724 return TRUE;
2725
2726 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
2727
2728 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2729 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
2730 if (htab == NULL)
2731 return FALSE;
2732
2733 bed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
2734
2735 plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size;
2736
2737 resolved_to_zero = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
2738 eh->has_got_reloc,
2739 eh);
2740
2741 /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations if
2742 symbol isn't a normal function. */
2743 if (h->type != STT_FUNC)
2744 eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
2745
2746 /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since
2747 finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic
2748 linker won't update the GOT slot. We will get into an infinite
2749 loop at run-time. */
2750 if (htab->plt_got != NULL
2751 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
2752 && !h->pointer_equality_needed
2753 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2754 && h->got.refcount > 0)
2755 {
2756 /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT
2757 reloctions. */
2758 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2759
2760 /* Use the GOT PLT. */
2761 eh->plt_got.refcount = 1;
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
2765 here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */
2766 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
2767 && h->def_regular)
2768 {
2769 if (_bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h, &eh->dyn_relocs,
2770 &htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc,
2771 plt_entry_size,
2772 (htab->plt.has_plt0 *
2773 plt_entry_size),
2774 4, TRUE))
2775 {
2776 asection *s = htab->plt_second;
2777 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 && s != NULL)
2778 {
2779 /* Use the second PLT section if it is created. */
2780 eh->plt_second.offset = s->size;
2781
2782 /* Make room for this entry in the second PLT section. */
2783 s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
2784 }
2785
2786 return TRUE;
2787 }
2788 else
2789 return FALSE;
2790 }
2791 /* Don't create the PLT entry if there are only function pointer
2792 relocations which can be resolved at run-time. */
2793 else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
2794 && (h->plt.refcount > eh->func_pointer_refcount
2795 || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0))
2796 {
2797 bfd_boolean use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0;
2798
2799 /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations
2800 if PLT is used. */
2801 eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
2802
2803 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2804 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2805 if (h->dynindx == -1
2806 && !h->forced_local
2807 && !resolved_to_zero
2808 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2809 {
2810 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2811 return FALSE;
2812 }
2813
2814 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2815 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2816 {
2817 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
2818 asection *second_s = htab->plt_second;
2819 asection *got_s = htab->plt_got;
2820
2821 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2822 first entry. The .plt section is used by prelink to undo
2823 prelinking for dynamic relocations. */
2824 if (s->size == 0)
2825 s->size = htab->plt.has_plt0 * plt_entry_size;
2826
2827 if (use_plt_got)
2828 eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size;
2829 else
2830 {
2831 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2832 if (second_s)
2833 eh->plt_second.offset = second_s->size;
2834 }
2835
2836 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2837 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2838 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2839 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2840 the shared library. */
2841 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
2842 && !h->def_regular)
2843 {
2844 if (use_plt_got)
2845 {
2846 /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT
2847 instead of regular PLT entry. */
2848 h->root.u.def.section = got_s;
2849 h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset;
2850 }
2851 else
2852 {
2853 if (second_s)
2854 {
2855 /* We need to make a call to the entry of the
2856 second PLT instead of regular PLT entry. */
2857 h->root.u.def.section = second_s;
2858 h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_second.offset;
2859 }
2860 else
2861 {
2862 h->root.u.def.section = s;
2863 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2864 }
2865 }
2866 }
2867
2868 /* Make room for this entry. */
2869 if (use_plt_got)
2870 got_s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
2871 else
2872 {
2873 s->size += plt_entry_size;
2874 if (second_s)
2875 second_s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
2876
2877 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section,
2878 which will be placed in the .got section by the linker
2879 script. */
2880 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
2881
2882 /* There should be no PLT relocation against resolved
2883 undefined weak symbol in executable. */
2884 if (!resolved_to_zero)
2885 {
2886 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt
2887 section. */
2888 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2889 htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++;
2890 }
2891 }
2892
2893 if (bed->os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2894 {
2895 /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry
2896 in executables. They go in a separate relocation section,
2897 which is processed by the kernel loader. */
2898
2899 /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an
2900 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an
2901 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
2902
2903 if (h->plt.offset == plt_entry_size)
2904 htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
2905
2906 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry:
2907 an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32
2908 relocation for the PLT entry. */
2909
2910 htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
2911 }
2912 }
2913 else
2914 {
2915 eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2916 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2917 h->needs_plt = 0;
2918 }
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2923 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2924 h->needs_plt = 0;
2925 }
2926
2927 eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
2928
2929 /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary,
2930 make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry. */
2931 if (h->got.refcount > 0
2932 && bfd_link_executable (info)
2933 && h->dynindx == -1
2934 && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
2935 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2936 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
2937 {
2938 asection *s;
2939 bfd_boolean dyn;
2940 int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
2941
2942 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2943 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2944 if (h->dynindx == -1
2945 && !h->forced_local
2946 && !resolved_to_zero
2947 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2948 {
2949 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2950 return FALSE;
2951 }
2952
2953 s = htab->elf.sgot;
2954 if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
2955 {
2956 eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
2957 - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
2958 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
2959 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
2960 }
2961 if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
2962 || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
2963 {
2964 h->got.offset = s->size;
2965 s->size += 4;
2966 /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
2967 if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
2968 s->size += 4;
2969 }
2970 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
2971 /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation,
2972 R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation,
2973 (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we
2974 need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if
2975 global. No dynamic relocation against resolved undefined weak
2976 symbol in executable. */
2977 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
2978 htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2979 else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
2980 || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
2981 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2982 else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
2983 htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2984 else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
2985 && ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2986 && !resolved_to_zero)
2987 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2988 && (bfd_link_pic (info)
2989 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
2990 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2991 if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
2992 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
2993 }
2994 else
2995 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2996
2997 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
2998 return TRUE;
2999
3000 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3001 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3002 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3003 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3004 visibility changes. */
3005
3006 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3007 {
3008 /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will
3009 appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .". We
3010 want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
3011 function rather than going via the plt. If people want
3012 function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
3013 should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */
3014 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3015 {
3016 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3017
3018 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3019 {
3020 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3021 p->pc_count = 0;
3022 if (p->count == 0)
3023 *pp = p->next;
3024 else
3025 pp = &p->next;
3026 }
3027 }
3028
3029 if (bed->os == is_vxworks)
3030 {
3031 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3032 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3033 {
3034 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3035 *pp = p->next;
3036 else
3037 pp = &p->next;
3038 }
3039 }
3040
3041 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3042 visibility or in PIE. */
3043 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3044 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3045 {
3046 /* Undefined weak symbol is never bound locally in shared
3047 library. */
3048 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
3049 || resolved_to_zero)
3050 {
3051 if (h->non_got_ref)
3052 {
3053 /* Keep dynamic non-GOT/non-PLT relocation so that we
3054 can branch to 0 without PLT. */
3055 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3056
3057 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3058 if (p->pc_count == 0)
3059 *pp = p->next;
3060 else
3061 {
3062 /* Remove non-R_386_PC32 relocation. */
3063 p->count = p->pc_count;
3064 pp = &p->next;
3065 }
3066
3067 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
3068 {
3069 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output
3070 as dynamic symbols in PIEs for dynamic non-GOT
3071 non-PLT reloations. */
3072 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3073 return FALSE;
3074 }
3075 }
3076 else
3077 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3078 }
3079 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3080 && !h->forced_local)
3081 {
3082 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3083 return FALSE;
3084 }
3085 }
3086 }
3087 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
3088 {
3089 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3090 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3091 dynamic. Keep dynamic relocations for run-time function
3092 pointer initialization. */
3093
3094 if ((!h->non_got_ref
3095 || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0
3096 || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3097 && !resolved_to_zero))
3098 && ((h->def_dynamic
3099 && !h->def_regular)
3100 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3101 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3102 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3103 {
3104 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3105 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3106 if (h->dynindx == -1
3107 && !h->forced_local
3108 && !resolved_to_zero
3109 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3110 {
3111 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3112 return FALSE;
3113 }
3114
3115 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3116 relocs. */
3117 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3118 goto keep;
3119 }
3120
3121 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3122 eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
3123
3124 keep: ;
3125 }
3126
3127 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3128 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3129 {
3130 asection *sreloc;
3131
3132 sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3133
3134 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3135 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3136 }
3137
3138 return TRUE;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
3142 local dynamic relocs. */
3143
3144 static bfd_boolean
3145 elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
3146 {
3147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
3148 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
3149
3150 if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
3151 || !h->def_regular
3152 || !h->ref_regular
3153 || !h->forced_local
3154 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
3155 abort ();
3156
3157 return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
3158 }
3159
3160 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3161
3162 static bfd_boolean
3163 elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3164 {
3165 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
3166 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3167
3168 /* Skip local IFUNC symbols. */
3169 if (h->forced_local && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3170 return TRUE;
3171
3172 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
3173 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3174 {
3175 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3176
3177 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3178 {
3179 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3180
3181 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3182
3183 if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info))
3184 || info->error_textrel)
3185 /* xgettext:c-format */
3186 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"),
3187 p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string,
3188 p->sec);
3189
3190 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3191 return FALSE;
3192 }
3193 }
3194 return TRUE;
3195 }
3196
3197 /* Convert load via the GOT slot to load immediate. */
3198
3199 static bfd_boolean
3200 elf_i386_convert_load (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
3201 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3202 {
3203 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
3204 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3205 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
3206 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
3207 bfd_byte *contents;
3208 bfd_boolean changed;
3209 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
3210
3211 /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs. */
3212 if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash))
3213 return FALSE;
3214
3215 /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output. */
3216 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)
3217 || sec->need_convert_load == 0
3218 || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
3219 return TRUE;
3220
3221 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3222
3223 /* Load the relocations for this section. */
3224 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
3225 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
3226 link_info->keep_memory));
3227 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
3228 return FALSE;
3229
3230 changed = FALSE;
3231 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (link_info);
3232 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
3233
3234 /* Get the section contents. */
3235 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
3236 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
3237 else
3238 {
3239 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
3240 goto error_return;
3241 }
3242
3243 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
3244 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
3245 {
3246 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
3247 unsigned int r_symndx;
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3249 bfd_boolean converted;
3250
3251 /* Don't convert R_386_GOT32 since we can't tell if it is applied
3252 to "mov $foo@GOT, %reg" which isn't a load via GOT. */
3253 if (r_type != R_386_GOT32X)
3254 continue;
3255
3256 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
3257 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3258 h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, sec->owner,
3259 (const Elf_Internal_Rela *) irel,
3260 FALSE);
3261 else
3262 {
3263 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3264 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3265 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3266 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3267 }
3268
3269 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep GOT32 relocations. */
3270 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3271 continue;
3272
3273 converted = FALSE;
3274 if (!elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (abfd, symtab_hdr, contents,
3275 irel, h, &converted, link_info))
3276 goto error_return;
3277
3278 if (converted)
3279 {
3280 changed = converted;
3281 if (h)
3282 {
3283 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3284 h->got.refcount -= 1;
3285 }
3286 else
3287 {
3288 if (local_got_refcounts != NULL
3289 && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
3290 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
3291 }
3292 }
3293 }
3294
3295 if (contents != NULL
3296 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
3297 {
3298 if (!changed && !link_info->keep_memory)
3299 free (contents);
3300 else
3301 {
3302 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
3303 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
3304 }
3305 }
3306
3307 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
3308 {
3309 if (!changed)
3310 free (internal_relocs);
3311 else
3312 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
3313 }
3314
3315 return TRUE;
3316
3317 error_return:
3318 if (contents != NULL
3319 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
3320 free (contents);
3321 if (internal_relocs != NULL
3322 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
3323 free (internal_relocs);
3324 return FALSE;
3325 }
3326
3327 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3328
3329 static bfd_boolean
3330 elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3331 {
3332 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
3333 bfd *dynobj;
3334 asection *s;
3335 bfd_boolean relocs;
3336 bfd *ibfd;
3337
3338 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
3339 if (htab == NULL)
3340 return FALSE;
3341 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
3342 if (dynobj == NULL)
3343 abort ();
3344
3345 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3346 relocs. */
3347 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3348 {
3349 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3350 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3351 char *local_tls_type;
3352 bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
3353 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3354 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3355 asection *srel;
3356
3357 if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd))
3358 continue;
3359
3360 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3361 {
3362 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3363
3364 if (!elf_i386_convert_load (ibfd, s, info))
3365 return FALSE;
3366
3367 for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
3368 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3369 p != NULL;
3370 p = p->next)
3371 {
3372 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3373 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3374 {
3375 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3376 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3377 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3378 the relocs too. */
3379 }
3380 else if ((get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os
3381 == is_vxworks)
3382 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3383 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3384 {
3385 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3386 handled specially by the loader. */
3387 }
3388 else if (p->count != 0)
3389 {
3390 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3391 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3392 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
3393 && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3394 {
3395 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3396 if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info))
3397 || info->error_textrel)
3398 /* xgettext:c-format */
3399 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"),
3400 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3401 }
3402 }
3403 }
3404 }
3405
3406 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3407 if (!local_got)
3408 continue;
3409
3410 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3411 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3412 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3413 local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
3414 local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
3415 s = htab->elf.sgot;
3416 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
3417 for (; local_got < end_local_got;
3418 ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
3419 {
3420 *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
3421 if (*local_got > 0)
3422 {
3423 if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
3424 {
3425 *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
3426 - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
3427 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
3428 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
3429 }
3430 if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
3431 || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
3432 {
3433 *local_got = s->size;
3434 s->size += 4;
3435 if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
3436 || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
3437 s->size += 4;
3438 }
3439 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3440 || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
3441 || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3442 {
3443 if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
3444 srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3445 else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
3446 || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
3447 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3448 if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
3449 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3450 }
3451 }
3452 else
3453 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3458 {
3459 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM
3460 relocs. */
3461 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
3462 htab->elf.sgot->size += 8;
3463 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
3464 }
3465 else
3466 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3467
3468 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3469 sym dynamic relocs. */
3470 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3471
3472 /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */
3473 htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
3474 elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
3475 info);
3476
3477 /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
3478 incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
3479 it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
3480 for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
3481 slot size.
3482
3483 PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt
3484 so that R_386_IRELATIVE entries come last. */
3485 if (htab->elf.srelplt)
3486 {
3487 htab->next_tls_desc_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count;
3488 htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4;
3489 htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1;
3490 }
3491 else if (htab->elf.irelplt)
3492 htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1;
3493
3494
3495 if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
3496 {
3497 /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT
3498 entries and there is no reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3499 if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL
3500 || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak)
3501 && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size
3502 == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size)
3503 && (htab->elf.splt == NULL
3504 || htab->elf.splt->size == 0)
3505 && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
3506 || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0)
3507 && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL
3508 || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0)
3509 && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL
3510 || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0))
3511 htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0;
3512 }
3513
3514 if (_bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
3515 {
3516 if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
3517 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
3518 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
3519 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section))
3520 htab->plt_eh_frame->size = htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size;
3521
3522 if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
3523 && htab->plt_got != NULL
3524 && htab->plt_got->size != 0
3525 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_got->output_section))
3526 htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size
3527 = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size;
3528
3529 /* Unwind info for the second PLT and .plt.got sections are
3530 identical. */
3531 if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL
3532 && htab->plt_second != NULL
3533 && htab->plt_second->size != 0
3534 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_second->output_section))
3535 htab->plt_second_eh_frame->size
3536 = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size;
3537 }
3538
3539 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3540 Allocate memory for them. */
3541 relocs = FALSE;
3542 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3543 {
3544 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
3545
3546 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3547 continue;
3548
3549 if (s == htab->elf.splt
3550 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
3551 {
3552 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3553 comment below. */
3554 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
3555 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
3556 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
3557
3558 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
3559 strip_section = FALSE;
3560 }
3561 else if (s == htab->elf.sgotplt
3562 || s == htab->elf.iplt
3563 || s == htab->elf.igotplt
3564 || s == htab->plt_second
3565 || s == htab->plt_got
3566 || s == htab->plt_eh_frame
3567 || s == htab->plt_got_eh_frame
3568 || s == htab->plt_second_eh_frame
3569 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
3570 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
3571 {
3572 /* Strip these too. */
3573 }
3574 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel"))
3575 {
3576 if (s->size != 0
3577 && s != htab->elf.srelplt
3578 && s != htab->srelplt2)
3579 relocs = TRUE;
3580
3581 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3582 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3583 s->reloc_count = 0;
3584 }
3585 else
3586 {
3587 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3588 continue;
3589 }
3590
3591 if (s->size == 0)
3592 {
3593 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3594 output file. This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
3595 .rel.plt. We must create both sections in
3596 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3597 before the linker maps input sections to output
3598 sections. The linker does that before
3599 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3600 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3601 into these sections. */
3602 if (strip_section)
3603 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3604 continue;
3605 }
3606
3607 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3608 continue;
3609
3610 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3611 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3612 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3613 but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead
3614 of garbage. */
3615 s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3616 if (s->contents == NULL)
3617 return FALSE;
3618 }
3619
3620 if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
3621 && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
3622 {
3623 memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents,
3624 htab->plt.eh_frame_plt,
3625 htab->plt_eh_frame->size);
3626 bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size,
3627 htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET);
3628 }
3629
3630 if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
3631 && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
3632 {
3633 memcpy (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents,
3634 htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt,
3635 htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size);
3636 bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_got->size,
3637 (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents
3638 + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET));
3639 }
3640
3641 if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL
3642 && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
3643 {
3644 memcpy (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents,
3645 htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt,
3646 htab->plt_second_eh_frame->size);
3647 bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_second->size,
3648 (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents
3649 + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET));
3650 }
3651
3652 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
3653 {
3654 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3655 values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3656 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3657 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3658 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3659 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3660 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3661
3662 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3663 {
3664 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3665 return FALSE;
3666 }
3667
3668 if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
3669 {
3670 /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT
3671 relocation. */
3672 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3673 return FALSE;
3674 }
3675
3676 if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
3677 {
3678 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3679 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
3680 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3681 return FALSE;
3682 }
3683
3684 if (relocs)
3685 {
3686 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0)
3687 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0)
3688 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
3689 return FALSE;
3690
3691 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3692 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3693 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3694 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
3695 elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3696
3697 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3698 {
3699 if (htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc)
3700 {
3701 info->callbacks->einfo
3702 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic IFUNC relocations; recompile with -fPIC\n"));
3703 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3704 return FALSE;
3705 }
3706
3707 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3708 return FALSE;
3709 }
3710 }
3711 if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os == is_vxworks
3712 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3713 return FALSE;
3714 }
3715 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3716
3717 return TRUE;
3718 }
3719
3720 static bfd_boolean
3721 elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
3722 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3723 {
3724 asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
3725
3726 if (tls_sec)
3727 {
3728 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
3729
3730 tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
3731 "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
3732 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3733
3734 if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
3735 {
3736 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
3737 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3738 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3739 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3740
3741 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
3742 if (htab == NULL)
3743 return FALSE;
3744
3745 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3746 (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
3747 tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
3748 bed->collect, &bh)))
3749 return FALSE;
3750
3751 htab->tls_module_base = bh;
3752
3753 tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
3754 tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
3755 tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
3756 tlsbase->root.linker_def = 1;
3757 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
3758 }
3759 }
3760
3761 return TRUE;
3762 }
3763
3764 /* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section. We do this by the
3765 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */
3766
3767 static bfd_boolean
3768 elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3769 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
3770 asection *sec)
3771 {
3772 const char *name;
3773
3774 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
3775
3776 /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
3777 needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells
3778 elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
3779 containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to
3780 be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
3781 EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those
3782 files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
3783 which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
3784 attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
3785 entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
3786 will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
3787 segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
3788 with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
3789 the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
3790 types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is
3791 unlikely to bite. */
3792 if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
3793 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
3794
3795 return TRUE;
3796 }
3797
3798 /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
3799 executables. Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
3800 section, we have to set it to the end. This function may be called
3801 multiple times, it is idempotent. */
3802
3803 static void
3804 elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3805 {
3806 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
3807 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
3808
3809 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3810 return;
3811
3812 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
3813 if (htab == NULL)
3814 return;
3815
3816 base = htab->tls_module_base;
3817 if (base == NULL)
3818 return;
3819
3820 base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size;
3821 }
3822
3823 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
3824 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
3825 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
3826
3827 static bfd_vma
3828 elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3829 {
3830 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3831 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3832 return 0;
3833 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3834 }
3835
3836 /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
3837 if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */
3838
3839 static bfd_vma
3840 elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
3841 {
3842 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
3843 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
3844 bfd_vma static_tls_size;
3845
3846 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3847 if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
3848 return 0;
3849
3850 /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements. */
3851 static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment);
3852 return static_tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address;
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Relocate an i386 ELF section. */
3856
3857 static bfd_boolean
3858 elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3859 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3860 bfd *input_bfd,
3861 asection *input_section,
3862 bfd_byte *contents,
3863 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3864 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3865 asection **local_sections)
3866 {
3867 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
3868 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3869 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3870 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3871 bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
3872 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3873 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
3874 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3875 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3876 unsigned plt_entry_size;
3877
3878 BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd));
3879
3880 /* Skip if check_relocs failed. */
3881 if (input_section->check_relocs_failed)
3882 return FALSE;
3883
3884 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
3885 if (htab == NULL)
3886 return FALSE;
3887 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3888 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3889 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3890 local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
3891 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3892 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3893 is_vxworks_tls = ((get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os
3894 == is_vxworks)
3895 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3896 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3897 ".tls_vars"));
3898
3899 elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info);
3900
3901 plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size;
3902
3903 rel = wrel = relocs;
3904 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3905 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
3906 {
3907 unsigned int r_type;
3908 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3909 unsigned long r_symndx;
3910 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3911 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
3912 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3913 asection *sec;
3914 bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset;
3915 bfd_vma relocation;
3916 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
3917 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3918 unsigned int indx;
3919 int tls_type;
3920 bfd_vma st_size;
3921 asection *resolved_plt;
3922 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
3923 bfd_boolean relative_reloc;
3924
3925 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3926 if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT
3927 || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY)
3928 {
3929 if (wrel != rel)
3930 *wrel = *rel;
3931 continue;
3932 }
3933
3934 if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
3935 && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
3936 >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
3937 && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
3938 >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext))
3939 return _bfd_unrecognized_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
3940
3941 howto = elf_howto_table + indx;
3942
3943 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3944 h = NULL;
3945 sym = NULL;
3946 sec = NULL;
3947 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3948 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3949 {
3950 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3951 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3952 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3953 + sec->output_offset
3954 + sym->st_value);
3955 st_size = sym->st_size;
3956
3957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
3958 && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
3959 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3960 && sec->output_offset != 0)))
3961 {
3962 bfd_vma addend;
3963 bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset;
3964
3965 switch (howto->size)
3966 {
3967 case 0:
3968 addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where);
3969 if (howto->pc_relative)
3970 {
3971 addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80;
3972 addend += 1;
3973 }
3974 break;
3975 case 1:
3976 addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where);
3977 if (howto->pc_relative)
3978 {
3979 addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
3980 addend += 2;
3981 }
3982 break;
3983 case 2:
3984 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where);
3985 if (howto->pc_relative)
3986 {
3987 addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
3988 addend += 4;
3989 }
3990 break;
3991 default:
3992 abort ();
3993 }
3994
3995 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3996 addend += sec->output_offset;
3997 else
3998 {
3999 asection *msec = sec;
4000 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec,
4001 addend);
4002 addend -= relocation;
4003 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4004 }
4005
4006 switch (howto->size)
4007 {
4008 case 0:
4009 /* FIXME: overflow checks. */
4010 if (howto->pc_relative)
4011 addend -= 1;
4012 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where);
4013 break;
4014 case 1:
4015 if (howto->pc_relative)
4016 addend -= 2;
4017 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where);
4018 break;
4019 case 2:
4020 if (howto->pc_relative)
4021 addend -= 4;
4022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where);
4023 break;
4024 }
4025 }
4026 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4027 && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4028 {
4029 /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
4030 h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel,
4031 FALSE);
4032 if (h == NULL)
4033 abort ();
4034
4035 /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */
4036 h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
4037 h->root.u.def.section = sec;
4038 }
4039 }
4040 else
4041 {
4042 bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4043 bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4044
4045 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
4046 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
4047 h, sec, relocation,
4048 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
4049 st_size = h->size;
4050 }
4051
4052 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4053 {
4054 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4055 contents + rel->r_offset);
4056 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
4057 wrel->r_info = 0;
4058 wrel->r_addend = 0;
4059
4060 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
4061 sections defined in discarded sections. Not done for
4062 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
4063 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4064 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
4065 wrel--;
4066
4067 continue;
4068 }
4069
4070 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4071 {
4072 if (wrel != rel)
4073 *wrel = *rel;
4074 continue;
4075 }
4076
4077 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
4078
4079 /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
4080 it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */
4081 if (h != NULL
4082 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4083 && h->def_regular)
4084 {
4085 asection *gotplt, *base_got;
4086 bfd_vma plt_index;
4087 const char *name;
4088
4089 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4090 {
4091 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4092 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4093 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4094 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
4095 continue;
4096 abort ();
4097 }
4098
4099 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
4100 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4101 {
4102 if (htab->plt_second != NULL)
4103 {
4104 resolved_plt = htab->plt_second;
4105 plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset;
4106 }
4107 else
4108 {
4109 resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt;
4110 plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
4111 }
4112 gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
4113 }
4114 else
4115 {
4116 resolved_plt = htab->elf.iplt;
4117 plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
4118 gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
4119 }
4120
4121 switch (r_type)
4122 {
4123 default:
4124 break;
4125
4126 case R_386_GOT32:
4127 case R_386_GOT32X:
4128 base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
4129 off = h->got.offset;
4130
4131 if (base_got == NULL)
4132 abort ();
4133
4134 if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
4135 {
4136 /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
4137 even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
4138 would use that as offset into .got. */
4139
4140 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4141 abort ();
4142
4143 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4144 {
4145 plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size
4146 - htab->plt.has_plt0);
4147 off = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
4148 base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
4149 }
4150 else
4151 {
4152 plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size;
4153 off = plt_index * 4;
4154 base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
4155 }
4156
4157 if (h->dynindx == -1
4158 || h->forced_local
4159 || info->symbolic)
4160 {
4161 /* This references the local defitionion. We must
4162 initialize this entry in the global offset table.
4163 Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
4164 we use the least significant bit to record
4165 whether we have initialized it already.
4166
4167 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4168 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4169 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4170 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4171 off &= ~1;
4172 else
4173 {
4174 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4175 base_got->contents + off);
4176 h->got.offset |= 1;
4177 }
4178 }
4179
4180 relocation = off;
4181 }
4182 else
4183 relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
4184 + base_got->output_offset + off
4185 - gotplt->output_section->vma
4186 - gotplt->output_offset);
4187
4188 if (rel->r_offset > 1
4189 && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5
4190 && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d)
4191 {
4192 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4193 goto disallow_got32;
4194
4195 /* Add the GOT base if there is no base register. */
4196 relocation += (gotplt->output_section->vma
4197 + gotplt->output_offset);
4198 }
4199 else if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
4200 {
4201 /* Adjust for static executables. */
4202 relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
4203 }
4204
4205 goto do_relocation;
4206 }
4207
4208 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4209 {
4210 /* Handle static pointers of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
4211 if (r_type == R_386_32
4212 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
4213 goto do_ifunc_pointer;
4214 goto bad_ifunc_reloc;
4215 }
4216
4217 relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma
4218 + resolved_plt->output_offset + plt_offset);
4219
4220 switch (r_type)
4221 {
4222 default:
4223 bad_ifunc_reloc:
4224 if (h->root.root.string)
4225 name = h->root.root.string;
4226 else
4227 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4228 NULL);
4229 _bfd_error_handler
4230 /* xgettext:c-format */
4231 (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
4232 "symbol `%s' isn't supported"), input_bfd,
4233 howto->name, name);
4234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4235 return FALSE;
4236
4237 case R_386_32:
4238 /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
4239 non-GOT reference in a shared object. */
4240 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref)
4241 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4242 {
4243 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4244 asection *sreloc;
4245 bfd_vma offset;
4246
4247 do_ifunc_pointer:
4248 /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
4249 adddress. */
4250 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
4251 info,
4252 input_section,
4253 rel->r_offset);
4254 if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4255 || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4256 abort ();
4257
4258 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4259 + input_section->output_offset
4260 + offset);
4261
4262 if (h->dynindx == -1
4263 || h->forced_local
4264 || bfd_link_executable (info))
4265 {
4266 info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"),
4267 h->root.root.string,
4268 h->root.u.def.section->owner);
4269
4270 /* This symbol is resolved locally. */
4271 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
4272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4273 (h->root.u.def.value
4274 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
4275 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
4276 contents + offset);
4277 }
4278 else
4279 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4280
4281 /* Dynamic relocations are stored in
4282 1. .rel.ifunc section in PIC object.
4283 2. .rel.got section in dynamic executable.
4284 3. .rel.iplt section in static executable. */
4285 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4286 sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
4287 else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4288 sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
4289 else
4290 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
4291 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
4292
4293 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
4294 do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise,
4295 we need to include the symbol value so that it
4296 becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an
4297 internal symbol, we have updated addend. */
4298 continue;
4299 }
4300 /* FALLTHROUGH */
4301 case R_386_PC32:
4302 case R_386_PLT32:
4303 goto do_relocation;
4304
4305 case R_386_GOTOFF:
4306 relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma
4307 + gotplt->output_offset);
4308 goto do_relocation;
4309 }
4310 }
4311
4312 resolved_to_zero = (eh != NULL
4313 && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
4314 eh->has_got_reloc,
4315 eh));
4316
4317 switch (r_type)
4318 {
4319 case R_386_GOT32X:
4320 /* Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its
4321 link-time address. */
4322 if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic)
4323 goto r_386_got32;
4324
4325 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4326 {
4327 /* It is OK to convert mov to lea and convert indirect
4328 branch to direct branch. It is OK to convert adc,
4329 add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, test, xor only when PIC
4330 is false. */
4331 unsigned int opcode, addend;
4332 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4333 if (addend != 0)
4334 goto r_386_got32;
4335 opcode = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4336 if (opcode != 0x8b && opcode != 0xff)
4337 goto r_386_got32;
4338 }
4339
4340 /* Resolve "mov GOT[(%reg)], %reg",
4341 "call/jmp *GOT[(%reg)]", "test %reg, foo@GOT[(%reg)]"
4342 and "binop foo@GOT[(%reg)], %reg". */
4343 if (h == NULL
4344 || (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4345 && h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4346 || htab->elf.sgotplt == NULL)
4347 abort ();
4348
4349 offplt = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4350 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset);
4351
4352 /* It is relative to .got.plt section. */
4353 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4354 /* Use GOT entry. Mask off the least significant bit in
4355 GOT offset which may be set by R_386_GOT32 processing
4356 below. */
4357 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
4358 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
4359 + (h->got.offset & ~1) - offplt);
4360 else
4361 /* Use GOTPLT entry. */
4362 relocation = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size
4363 - htab->plt.has_plt0 + 3) * 4;
4364
4365 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4366 {
4367 /* If not PIC, add the .got.plt section address for
4368 baseless addressing. */
4369 unsigned int modrm;
4370 modrm = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4371 if ((modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5)
4372 relocation += offplt;
4373 }
4374
4375 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4376 break;
4377
4378 case R_386_GOT32:
4379 r_386_got32:
4380 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4381 offset table. */
4382 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
4383 abort ();
4384
4385 relative_reloc = FALSE;
4386 if (h != NULL)
4387 {
4388 bfd_boolean dyn;
4389
4390 off = h->got.offset;
4391 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
4392 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4393 bfd_link_pic (info),
4394 h)
4395 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4396 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4397 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4398 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4399 {
4400 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4401 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4402 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4403 because of a version file. We must initialize
4404 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4405 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4406 least significant bit to record whether we have
4407 initialized it already.
4408
4409 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
4410 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4411 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4412 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4413 off &= ~1;
4414 else
4415 {
4416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4417 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
4418 h->got.offset |= 1;
4419
4420 if (h->dynindx == -1
4421 && !h->forced_local
4422 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4423 && bfd_link_pic (info))
4424 {
4425 /* PR ld/21402: If this symbol isn't dynamic
4426 in PIC, generate R_386_RELATIVE here. */
4427 eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol = 1;
4428 relative_reloc = TRUE;
4429 }
4430 }
4431 }
4432 else
4433 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4434 }
4435 else
4436 {
4437 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4438 abort ();
4439
4440 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4441
4442 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4443 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4444 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4445 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4446 off &= ~1;
4447 else
4448 {
4449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4450 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
4451 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4452
4453 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4454 relative_reloc = TRUE;
4455 }
4456 }
4457
4458 if (relative_reloc)
4459 {
4460 asection *s;
4461 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4462
4463 s = htab->elf.srelgot;
4464 if (s == NULL)
4465 abort ();
4466
4467 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
4468 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
4469 + off);
4470 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
4471 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
4472 }
4473
4474 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
4475 abort ();
4476
4477 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
4478 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
4479 if (rel->r_offset > 1
4480 && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5
4481 && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d)
4482 {
4483 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4484 {
4485 /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32 without a base
4486 register, except for "lea foo@GOT, %reg", since
4487 we don't know what the GOT base is. */
4488 const char *name;
4489
4490 disallow_got32:
4491 if (h == NULL || h->root.root.string == NULL)
4492 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4493 NULL);
4494 else
4495 name = h->root.root.string;
4496
4497 _bfd_error_handler
4498 /* xgettext:c-format */
4499 (_("%B: direct GOT relocation %s against `%s'"
4500 " without base register can not be used"
4501 " when making a shared object"),
4502 input_bfd, howto->name, name);
4503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4504 return FALSE;
4505 }
4506 }
4507 else
4508 {
4509 /* Subtract the .got.plt section address only with a base
4510 register. */
4511 relocation -= (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4512 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset);
4513 }
4514
4515 break;
4516
4517 case R_386_GOTOFF:
4518 /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
4519 table. */
4520
4521 /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data
4522 symbol for shared library since it may not be local when
4523 used as function address or with copy relocation. We also
4524 need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally. */
4525 if (!bfd_link_executable (info) && h)
4526 {
4527 if (!h->def_regular)
4528 {
4529 const char *v;
4530
4531 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
4532 {
4533 case STV_HIDDEN:
4534 v = _("hidden symbol");
4535 break;
4536 case STV_INTERNAL:
4537 v = _("internal symbol");
4538 break;
4539 case STV_PROTECTED:
4540 v = _("protected symbol");
4541 break;
4542 default:
4543 v = _("symbol");
4544 break;
4545 }
4546
4547 _bfd_error_handler
4548 /* xgettext:c-format */
4549 (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s"
4550 " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
4551 input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
4552 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4553 return FALSE;
4554 }
4555 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
4556 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4557 || h->type == STT_OBJECT)
4558 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
4559 {
4560 _bfd_error_handler
4561 /* xgettext:c-format */
4562 (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected %s"
4563 " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
4564 input_bfd,
4565 h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data",
4566 h->root.root.string);
4567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4568 return FALSE;
4569 }
4570 }
4571
4572 /* Note that sgot is not involved in this
4573 calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we
4574 defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
4575 permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
4576 calculation. */
4577 relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4578 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4579 break;
4580
4581 case R_386_GOTPC:
4582 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4583 relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4584 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4585 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4586 break;
4587
4588 case R_386_PLT32:
4589 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4590 procedure linkage table. */
4591
4592 /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
4593 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4594 if (h == NULL)
4595 break;
4596
4597 if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4598 && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4599 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
4600 {
4601 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4602 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4603 using -Bsymbolic. */
4604 break;
4605 }
4606
4607 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4608 {
4609 if (htab->plt_second != NULL)
4610 {
4611 resolved_plt = htab->plt_second;
4612 plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset;
4613 }
4614 else
4615 {
4616 resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt;
4617 plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
4618 }
4619 }
4620 else
4621 {
4622 resolved_plt = htab->plt_got;
4623 plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset;
4624 }
4625
4626 relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma
4627 + resolved_plt->output_offset
4628 + plt_offset);
4629 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4630 break;
4631
4632 case R_386_SIZE32:
4633 /* Set to symbol size. */
4634 relocation = st_size;
4635 /* Fall through. */
4636
4637 case R_386_32:
4638 case R_386_PC32:
4639 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
4640 || is_vxworks_tls)
4641 break;
4642
4643 /* Copy dynamic function pointer relocations. Don't generate
4644 dynamic relocations against resolved undefined weak symbols
4645 in PIE, except for R_386_PC32. */
4646 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
4647 && (h == NULL
4648 || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4649 && (!resolved_to_zero
4650 || r_type == R_386_PC32))
4651 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4652 && ((r_type != R_386_PC32 && r_type != R_386_SIZE32)
4653 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4654 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4655 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4656 && h != NULL
4657 && h->dynindx != -1
4658 && (!h->non_got_ref
4659 || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0
4660 || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4661 && !resolved_to_zero))
4662 && ((h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular)
4663 /* Undefined weak symbol is bound locally when
4664 PIC is false. */
4665 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
4666 {
4667 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4668 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4669 asection *sreloc;
4670
4671 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4672 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4673 time. */
4674
4675 skip = FALSE;
4676 relocate = FALSE;
4677
4678 outrel.r_offset =
4679 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4680 rel->r_offset);
4681 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4682 skip = TRUE;
4683 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4684 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4685 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4686 + input_section->output_offset);
4687
4688 if (skip)
4689 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4690 else if (h != NULL
4691 && h->dynindx != -1
4692 && (r_type == R_386_PC32
4693 || !(bfd_link_executable (info)
4694 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h))
4695 || !h->def_regular))
4696 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4697 else
4698 {
4699 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
4700 relocate = TRUE;
4701 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
4702 }
4703
4704 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
4705
4706 if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL)
4707 {
4708 r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4709 goto check_relocation_error;
4710 }
4711
4712 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
4713
4714 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4715 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4716 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4717 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4718 if (! relocate)
4719 continue;
4720 }
4721 break;
4722
4723 case R_386_TLS_IE:
4724 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4725 {
4726 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4727 asection *sreloc;
4728
4729 outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
4730 + input_section->output_section->vma
4731 + input_section->output_offset;
4732 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
4733 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
4734 if (sreloc == NULL)
4735 abort ();
4736 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
4737 }
4738 /* Fall through */
4739
4740 case R_386_TLS_GD:
4741 case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
4742 case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
4743 case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
4744 case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
4745 tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
4746 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
4747 tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
4748 else if (h != NULL)
4749 tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
4750 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4751 tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
4752
4753 if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
4754 input_section, contents,
4755 symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
4756 &r_type, tls_type, rel,
4757 relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE))
4758 return FALSE;
4759
4760 if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
4761 {
4762 BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
4763 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
4764 {
4765 unsigned int type;
4766 bfd_vma roff;
4767
4768 /* GD->LE transition. */
4769 type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4770 if (type == 0x04)
4771 {
4772 /* Change
4773 leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax
4774 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
4775 into:
4776 movl %gs:0, %eax
4777 subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
4778 (6 byte form of subl). */
4779 roff = rel->r_offset + 5;
4780 }
4781 else
4782 {
4783 /* Change
4784 leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax
4785 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
4786 nop
4787 or
4788 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax
4789 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
4790 which may be converted to
4791 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
4792 into:
4793 movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
4794 (6 byte form of subl). */
4795 roff = rel->r_offset + 6;
4796 }
4797 memcpy (contents + roff - 8,
4798 "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
4799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
4800 contents + roff);
4801 /* Skip R_386_PC32, R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */
4802 rel++;
4803 wrel++;
4804 continue;
4805 }
4806 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
4807 {
4808 /* GDesc -> LE transition.
4809 It's originally something like:
4810 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
4811
4812 leal x@ntpoff, %eax
4813
4814 Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */
4815
4816 unsigned int val;
4817 bfd_vma roff;
4818
4819 roff = rel->r_offset;
4820 val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
4821
4822 /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
4823 /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte
4824 below with 0x86. */
4825 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86,
4826 contents + roff - 1);
4827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
4828 contents + roff);
4829 continue;
4830 }
4831 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
4832 {
4833 /* GDesc -> LE transition.
4834 It's originally:
4835 call *(%eax)
4836 Turn it into:
4837 xchg %ax,%ax */
4838
4839 bfd_vma roff;
4840
4841 roff = rel->r_offset;
4842 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
4843 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
4844 continue;
4845 }
4846 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE)
4847 {
4848 unsigned int val;
4849
4850 /* IE->LE transition:
4851 Originally it can be one of:
4852 movl foo, %eax
4853 movl foo, %reg
4854 addl foo, %reg
4855 We change it into:
4856 movl $foo, %eax
4857 movl $foo, %reg
4858 addl $foo, %reg. */
4859 val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4860 if (val == 0xa1)
4861 {
4862 /* movl foo, %eax. */
4863 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8,
4864 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4865 }
4866 else
4867 {
4868 unsigned int type;
4869
4870 type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd,
4871 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4872 switch (type)
4873 {
4874 case 0x8b:
4875 /* movl */
4876 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
4877 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4878 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
4879 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
4880 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4881 break;
4882 case 0x03:
4883 /* addl */
4884 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
4885 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4886 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
4887 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
4888 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4889 break;
4890 default:
4891 BFD_FAIL ();
4892 break;
4893 }
4894 }
4895 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
4896 contents + rel->r_offset);
4897 continue;
4898 }
4899 else
4900 {
4901 unsigned int val, type;
4902
4903 /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition:
4904 Originally it can be one of:
4905 subl foo(%reg1), %reg2
4906 movl foo(%reg1), %reg2
4907 addl foo(%reg1), %reg2
4908 We change it into:
4909 subl $foo, %reg2
4910 movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form)
4911 addl $foo, %reg2. */
4912 type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4913 val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4914 if (type == 0x8b)
4915 {
4916 /* movl */
4917 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
4918 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4919 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
4920 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4921 }
4922 else if (type == 0x2b)
4923 {
4924 /* subl */
4925 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
4926 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4927 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
4928 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4929 }
4930 else if (type == 0x03)
4931 {
4932 /* addl */
4933 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
4934 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
4935 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
4936 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
4937 }
4938 else
4939 BFD_FAIL ();
4940 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
4941 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
4942 contents + rel->r_offset);
4943 else
4944 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
4945 contents + rel->r_offset);
4946 continue;
4947 }
4948 }
4949
4950 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
4951 abort ();
4952
4953 if (h != NULL)
4954 {
4955 off = h->got.offset;
4956 offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
4957 }
4958 else
4959 {
4960 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4961 abort ();
4962
4963 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4964 offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
4965 }
4966
4967 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4968 off &= ~1;
4969 else
4970 {
4971 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4972 int dr_type;
4973 asection *sreloc;
4974
4975 if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
4976 abort ();
4977
4978 indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
4979
4980 if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
4981 {
4982 bfd_byte *loc;
4983 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC);
4984 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
4985 <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
4986 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4987 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
4988 + offplt
4989 + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
4990 sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
4991 loc = sreloc->contents;
4992 loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++
4993 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
4994 BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
4995 <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
4996 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4997 if (indx == 0)
4998 {
4999 BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
5000 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5001 relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
5002 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
5003 + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
5004 }
5005 else
5006 {
5007 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
5008 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
5009 + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
5010 }
5011 }
5012
5013 sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
5014
5015 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5016 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
5017
5018 if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
5019 dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
5020 else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
5021 goto dr_done;
5022 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
5023 dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
5024 else
5025 dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
5026
5027 if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0)
5028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5029 relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
5030 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5031 else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5033 elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation,
5034 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5035 else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC)
5036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
5037 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5038 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5039
5040 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5041
5042 if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
5043 {
5044 if (indx == 0)
5045 {
5046 BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
5047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5048 relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
5049 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
5050 }
5051 else
5052 {
5053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
5054 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
5055 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5056 R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5057 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5058 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5059 }
5060 }
5061 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
5062 {
5063 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5064 (indx == 0
5065 ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info)
5066 : 0),
5067 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
5068 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
5069 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5070 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5071 }
5072
5073 dr_done:
5074 if (h != NULL)
5075 h->got.offset |= 1;
5076 else
5077 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5078 }
5079
5080 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
5081 && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
5082 abort ();
5083 if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
5084 || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
5085 {
5086 relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt;
5087 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
5088 }
5089 else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5090 {
5091 bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5092 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
5093 relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5094 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t;
5095 if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
5096 && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
5097 relocation += 4;
5098 if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE)
5099 relocation += g_o_t;
5100 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
5101 }
5102 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
5103 {
5104 unsigned int val, type;
5105 bfd_vma roff;
5106
5107 /* GD->IE transition. */
5108 type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
5109 val = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
5110 if (type == 0x04)
5111 {
5112 /* Change
5113 leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax
5114 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
5115 into:
5116 movl %gs:0, %eax
5117 subl $foo@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax. */
5118 val >>= 3;
5119 roff = rel->r_offset - 3;
5120 }
5121 else
5122 {
5123 /* Change
5124 leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax
5125 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
5126 nop
5127 or
5128 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax
5129 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
5130 which may be converted to
5131 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
5132 into:
5133 movl %gs:0, %eax;
5134 subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */
5135 roff = rel->r_offset - 2;
5136 }
5137 memcpy (contents + roff,
5138 "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12);
5139 contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7);
5140 /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and
5141 foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change
5142 subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax
5143 into:
5144 addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax. */
5145 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
5146 contents[roff + 6] = 0x03;
5147 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5148 htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5149 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
5150 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5151 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
5152 contents + roff + 8);
5153 /* Skip R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */
5154 rel++;
5155 wrel++;
5156 continue;
5157 }
5158 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
5159 {
5160 /* GDesc -> IE transition.
5161 It's originally something like:
5162 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
5163
5164 Change it to:
5165 movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax
5166 or:
5167 movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax
5168
5169 Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */
5170
5171 bfd_vma roff;
5172
5173 /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit
5174 offset into any register, although it's probably
5175 almost always going to be eax. */
5176 roff = rel->r_offset;
5177
5178 /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
5179 /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it
5180 suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b.
5181 aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all
5182 we have to do is remove the statement below, and
5183 adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL. */
5184 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
5185
5186 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
5187 off += 4;
5188
5189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5190 htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5191 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
5192 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5193 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
5194 contents + roff);
5195 continue;
5196 }
5197 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
5198 {
5199 /* GDesc -> IE transition.
5200 It's originally:
5201 call *(%eax)
5202
5203 Change it to:
5204 xchg %ax,%ax
5205 or
5206 negl %eax
5207 depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above.
5208 */
5209
5210 bfd_vma roff;
5211
5212 roff = rel->r_offset;
5213
5214 /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
5215 if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG)
5216 {
5217 /* xchg %ax,%ax */
5218 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
5219 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
5220 }
5221 else
5222 {
5223 /* negl %eax */
5224 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff);
5225 bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1);
5226 }
5227
5228 continue;
5229 }
5230 else
5231 BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
5232 break;
5233
5234 case R_386_TLS_LDM:
5235 if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
5236 input_section, contents,
5237 symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
5238 &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
5239 relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE))
5240 return FALSE;
5241
5242 if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM)
5243 {
5244 /* LD->LE transition. Change
5245 leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx) %eax
5246 call ___tls_get_addr@PLT
5247 into:
5248 movl %gs:0, %eax
5249 nop
5250 leal 0(%esi,1), %esi
5251 or change
5252 leal foo@tlsldm(%reg) %eax
5253 call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)
5254 which may be converted to
5255 addr32 call ___tls_get_addr
5256 into:
5257 movl %gs:0, %eax
5258 leal 0(%esi), %esi */
5259 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32);
5260 if (*(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0xff
5261 || *(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0x67)
5262 memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
5263 "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x8d\xb6\0\0\0", 12);
5264 else
5265 memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
5266 "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11);
5267 /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */
5268 rel++;
5269 wrel++;
5270 continue;
5271 }
5272
5273 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
5274 abort ();
5275
5276 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5277 if (off & 1)
5278 off &= ~1;
5279 else
5280 {
5281 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5282
5283 if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
5284 abort ();
5285
5286 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5287 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
5288
5289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
5290 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
5292 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
5293 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5294 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel);
5295 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5296 }
5297 relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5298 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
5299 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5300 - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
5301 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
5302 break;
5303
5304 case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
5305 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)
5306 || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
5307 relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
5308 else
5309 /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate. */
5310 relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
5311 break;
5312
5313 case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
5314 case R_386_TLS_LE:
5315 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
5316 {
5317 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5318 asection *sreloc;
5319
5320 outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
5321 + input_section->output_section->vma
5322 + input_section->output_offset;
5323 if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
5324 indx = h->dynindx;
5325 else
5326 indx = 0;
5327 if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
5328 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32);
5329 else
5330 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
5331 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
5332 if (sreloc == NULL)
5333 abort ();
5334 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5335 if (indx)
5336 continue;
5337 else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
5338 relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation;
5339 else
5340 relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
5341 }
5342 else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
5343 relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
5344 else
5345 relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
5346 break;
5347
5348 default:
5349 break;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
5353 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
5354 not process them. */
5355 if (unresolved_reloc
5356 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
5357 && h->def_dynamic)
5358 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
5359 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
5360 {
5361 _bfd_error_handler
5362 /* xgettext:c-format */
5363 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
5364 input_bfd,
5365 input_section,
5366 rel->r_offset,
5367 howto->name,
5368 h->root.root.string);
5369 return FALSE;
5370 }
5371
5372 do_relocation:
5373 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
5374 contents, rel->r_offset,
5375 relocation, 0);
5376
5377 check_relocation_error:
5378 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5379 {
5380 const char *name;
5381
5382 if (h != NULL)
5383 name = h->root.root.string;
5384 else
5385 {
5386 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5387 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5388 sym->st_name);
5389 if (name == NULL)
5390 return FALSE;
5391 if (*name == '\0')
5392 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5393 }
5394
5395 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
5396 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5397 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5398 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5399 else
5400 {
5401 _bfd_error_handler
5402 /* xgettext:c-format */
5403 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
5404 input_bfd, input_section,
5405 rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
5406 return FALSE;
5407 }
5408 }
5409
5410 if (wrel != rel)
5411 *wrel = *rel;
5412 }
5413
5414 if (wrel != rel)
5415 {
5416 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
5417 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
5418
5419 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
5420 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
5421 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
5422 {
5423 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
5424 one NONE reloc.
5425 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
5426 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
5427 deleted -= 1;
5428 }
5429 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
5430 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
5431 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
5432 }
5433
5434 return TRUE;
5435 }
5436
5437 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
5438 dynamic sections here. */
5439
5440 static bfd_boolean
5441 elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
5442 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5443 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5444 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5445 {
5446 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
5447 unsigned plt_entry_size;
5448 const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed;
5449 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
5450 bfd_boolean local_undefweak;
5451 bfd_boolean use_plt_second;
5452
5453 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
5454 if (htab == NULL)
5455 return FALSE;
5456
5457 abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd);
5458 plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size;
5459
5460 /* Use the second PLT section only if there is .plt section. */
5461 use_plt_second = htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_second != NULL;
5462
5463 eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
5464 if (eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol)
5465 abort ();
5466
5467 /* We keep PLT/GOT entries without dynamic PLT/GOT relocations for
5468 resolved undefined weak symbols in executable so that their
5469 references have value 0 at run-time. */
5470 local_undefweak = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
5471 eh->has_got_reloc,
5472 eh);
5473
5474 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5475 {
5476 bfd_vma plt_index, plt_offset;
5477 bfd_vma got_offset;
5478 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5479 bfd_byte *loc;
5480 asection *plt, *resolved_plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
5481
5482 /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
5483 .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
5484 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
5485 {
5486 plt = htab->elf.splt;
5487 gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
5488 relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
5489 }
5490 else
5491 {
5492 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
5493 gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
5494 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
5495 }
5496
5497 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
5498 it up. */
5499
5500 if ((h->dynindx == -1
5501 && !local_undefweak
5502 && !((h->forced_local || bfd_link_executable (info))
5503 && h->def_regular
5504 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
5505 || plt == NULL
5506 || gotplt == NULL
5507 || relplt == NULL)
5508 abort ();
5509
5510 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
5511 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
5512 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
5513 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
5514
5515 Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
5516 corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
5517 The first three are reserved.
5518
5519 For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */
5520
5521 if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
5522 {
5523 got_offset = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size
5524 - htab->plt.has_plt0);
5525 got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * 4;
5526 }
5527 else
5528 {
5529 got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size;
5530 got_offset = got_offset * 4;
5531 }
5532
5533 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table and update
5534 the first slot. */
5535 memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, htab->plt.plt_entry,
5536 plt_entry_size);
5537
5538 if (use_plt_second)
5539 {
5540 const bfd_byte *plt_entry;
5541 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5542 plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry;
5543 else
5544 plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry;
5545 memcpy (htab->plt_second->contents + eh->plt_second.offset,
5546 plt_entry, htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size);
5547
5548 resolved_plt = htab->plt_second;
5549 plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset;
5550 }
5551 else
5552 {
5553 resolved_plt = plt;
5554 plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
5555 }
5556
5557 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5558 {
5559 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5560 (gotplt->output_section->vma
5561 + gotplt->output_offset
5562 + got_offset),
5563 resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset
5564 + htab->plt.plt_got_offset);
5565
5566 if (abed->os == is_vxworks)
5567 {
5568 int s, k, reloc_index;
5569
5570 /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT
5571 for this PLT entry. */
5572
5573 /* S: Current slot number (zero-based). */
5574 s = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt.plt_entry_size)
5575 / htab->plt.plt_entry_size);
5576 /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */
5577 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5578 k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB;
5579 else
5580 k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS;
5581 /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for
5582 the other PLT slots. */
5583 reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS;
5584 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index
5585 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
5586
5587 rel.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
5588 + plt->output_offset
5589 + h->plt.offset + 2),
5590 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
5591 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
5592
5593 /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of
5594 the PLT for this GOT entry. */
5595 rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5596 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
5597 + got_offset);
5598 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
5599 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
5600 loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
5601 }
5602 }
5603 else
5604 {
5605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
5606 resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset
5607 + htab->plt.plt_got_offset);
5608 }
5609
5610 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. Leave the entry
5611 as zero for undefined weak symbol in PIE. No PLT relocation
5612 against undefined weak symbol in PIE. */
5613 if (!local_undefweak)
5614 {
5615 if (htab->plt.has_plt0)
5616 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5617 (plt->output_section->vma
5618 + plt->output_offset
5619 + h->plt.offset
5620 + htab->lazy_plt->plt_lazy_offset),
5621 gotplt->contents + got_offset);
5622
5623 /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
5624 rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
5625 + gotplt->output_offset
5626 + got_offset);
5627 if (h->dynindx == -1
5628 || ((bfd_link_executable (info)
5629 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5630 && h->def_regular
5631 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
5632 {
5633 info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"),
5634 h->root.root.string,
5635 h->root.u.def.section->owner);
5636
5637 /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
5638 R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT. Store addend
5639 in the .got.plt section. */
5640 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5641 (h->root.u.def.value
5642 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
5643 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
5644 gotplt->contents + got_offset);
5645 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
5646 /* R_386_IRELATIVE comes last. */
5647 plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--;
5648 }
5649 else
5650 {
5651 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
5652 plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++;
5653 }
5654
5655 loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
5656 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
5657
5658 /* Don't fill the second and third slots in PLT entry for
5659 static executables nor without PLT0. */
5660 if (plt == htab->elf.splt && htab->plt.has_plt0)
5661 {
5662 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5663 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
5664 plt->contents + h->plt.offset
5665 + htab->lazy_plt->plt_reloc_offset);
5666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5667 - (h->plt.offset
5668 + htab->lazy_plt->plt_plt_offset + 4),
5669 (plt->contents + h->plt.offset
5670 + htab->lazy_plt->plt_plt_offset));
5671 }
5672 }
5673 }
5674 else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5675 {
5676 bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset;
5677 asection *plt, *got, *gotplt;
5678 const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry;
5679
5680 /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */
5681 plt = htab->plt_got;
5682 got = htab->elf.sgot;
5683 gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
5684 got_offset = h->got.offset;
5685
5686 if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
5687 || plt == NULL
5688 || got == NULL
5689 || gotplt == NULL)
5690 abort ();
5691
5692 /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */
5693 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5694 {
5695 got_plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry;
5696 got_offset += got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset;
5697 }
5698 else
5699 {
5700 got_plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry;
5701 got_offset += (got->output_section->vma
5702 + got->output_offset
5703 - gotplt->output_section->vma
5704 - gotplt->output_offset);
5705 }
5706
5707 plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset;
5708 memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset, got_plt_entry,
5709 htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size);
5710 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
5711 (plt->contents + plt_offset
5712 + htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset));
5713 }
5714
5715 if (!local_undefweak
5716 && !h->def_regular
5717 && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
5718 || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1))
5719 {
5720 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
5721 the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any
5722 relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
5723 for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
5724 comparisons work between an application and shared
5725 library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only
5726 called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
5727 shared libraries because of that. */
5728 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5729 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
5730 sym->st_value = 0;
5731 }
5732
5733 /* Don't generate dynamic GOT relocation against undefined weak
5734 symbol in executable. */
5735 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
5736 && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type)
5737 && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0
5738 && !local_undefweak)
5739 {
5740 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5741 asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot;
5742
5743 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
5744 up. */
5745
5746 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
5747 abort ();
5748
5749 rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5750 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
5751 + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
5752
5753 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
5754 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
5755 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
5756 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
5757 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
5758 if (h->def_regular
5759 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5760 {
5761 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
5762 {
5763 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC is referenced without PLT. */
5764 if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
5765 {
5766 /* use .rel[a].iplt section to store .got relocations
5767 in static executable. */
5768 relgot = htab->elf.irelplt;
5769 }
5770 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
5771 {
5772 info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"),
5773 h->root.root.string,
5774 h->root.u.def.section->owner);
5775
5776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5777 (h->root.u.def.value
5778 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
5779 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
5780 htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
5781 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
5782 }
5783 else
5784 goto do_glob_dat;
5785 }
5786 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5787 {
5788 /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT. */
5789 goto do_glob_dat;
5790 }
5791 else
5792 {
5793 asection *plt;
5794 bfd_vma plt_offset;
5795
5796 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
5797 abort ();
5798
5799 /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
5800 contains the real function addres if we need pointer
5801 equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */
5802 if (htab->plt_second != NULL)
5803 {
5804 plt = htab->plt_second;
5805 plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset;
5806 }
5807 else
5808 {
5809 plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
5810 plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
5811 }
5812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5813 (plt->output_section->vma
5814 + plt->output_offset + plt_offset),
5815 htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
5816 return TRUE;
5817 }
5818 }
5819 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5820 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
5821 {
5822 BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
5823 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
5824 }
5825 else
5826 {
5827 BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
5828 do_glob_dat:
5829 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
5830 htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
5831 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
5832 }
5833
5834 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, relgot, &rel);
5835 }
5836
5837 if (h->needs_copy)
5838 {
5839 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5840 asection *s;
5841
5842 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
5843
5844 if (h->dynindx == -1
5845 || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
5846 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5847 || htab->elf.srelbss == NULL
5848 || htab->elf.sreldynrelro == NULL)
5849 abort ();
5850
5851 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
5852 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
5853 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
5854 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
5855 if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
5856 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
5857 else
5858 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
5859 elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &rel);
5860 }
5861
5862 return TRUE;
5863 }
5864
5865 /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of
5866 various dynamic sections here. */
5867
5868 static bfd_boolean
5869 elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
5870 {
5871 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
5872 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
5873 struct bfd_link_info *info
5874 = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
5875
5876 return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
5877 h, NULL);
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Finish up undefined weak symbol handling in PIE. Fill its PLT entry
5881 here since undefined weak symbol may not be dynamic and may not be
5882 called for elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5883
5884 static bfd_boolean
5885 elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh,
5886 void *inf)
5887 {
5888 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5889 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
5890
5891 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5892 || h->dynindx != -1)
5893 return TRUE;
5894
5895 return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd,
5896 info, h, NULL);
5897 }
5898
5899 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
5900 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
5901
5902 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
5903 elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
5904 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5905 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
5906 {
5907 bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd;
5908 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5909 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5910
5911 if (htab->dynsym != NULL
5912 && htab->dynsym->contents != NULL)
5913 {
5914 /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are
5915 dynamic symbols. */
5916 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
5917 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
5918 {
5919 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5920 if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd,
5921 (htab->dynsym->contents
5922 + r_symndx * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)),
5923 0, &sym))
5924 abort ();
5925
5926 if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5927 return reloc_class_ifunc;
5928 }
5929 }
5930
5931 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
5932 {
5933 case R_386_IRELATIVE:
5934 return reloc_class_ifunc;
5935 case R_386_RELATIVE:
5936 return reloc_class_relative;
5937 case R_386_JUMP_SLOT:
5938 return reloc_class_plt;
5939 case R_386_COPY:
5940 return reloc_class_copy;
5941 default:
5942 return reloc_class_normal;
5943 }
5944 }
5945
5946 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
5947
5948 static bfd_boolean
5949 elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5950 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5951 {
5952 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
5953 bfd *dynobj;
5954 asection *sdyn;
5955 const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed;
5956
5957 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
5958 if (htab == NULL)
5959 return FALSE;
5960
5961 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
5962 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
5963 abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd);
5964
5965 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5966 {
5967 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
5968
5969 if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
5970 abort ();
5971
5972 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
5973 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
5974 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
5975 {
5976 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
5977 asection *s;
5978
5979 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
5980
5981 switch (dyn.d_tag)
5982 {
5983 default:
5984 if (abed->os == is_vxworks
5985 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
5986 break;
5987 continue;
5988
5989 case DT_PLTGOT:
5990 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
5991 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
5992 break;
5993
5994 case DT_JMPREL:
5995 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
5996 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
5997 break;
5998
5999 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6000 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
6001 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6002 break;
6003 }
6004
6005 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6006 }
6007
6008 if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
6009 {
6010 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
6011 really seem like the right value. */
6012 elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
6013 ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6014
6015 if (htab->plt.has_plt0)
6016 {
6017 /* Fill in the special first entry in the procedure linkage
6018 table. */
6019 memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, htab->plt.plt0_entry,
6020 htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size);
6021 memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size,
6022 abed->plt0_pad_byte,
6023 htab->plt.plt_entry_size - htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size);
6024 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6025 {
6026 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6027 (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
6028 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
6029 + 4),
6030 htab->elf.splt->contents
6031 + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset);
6032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6033 (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
6034 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
6035 + 8),
6036 htab->elf.splt->contents
6037 + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got2_offset);
6038
6039 if (abed->os == is_vxworks)
6040 {
6041 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6042 int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size
6043 / htab->plt.plt_entry_size) - 1;
6044 unsigned char *p;
6045
6046 /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
6047 + 4. On IA32 we use REL relocations so the
6048 addend goes in the PLT directly. */
6049 rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6050 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6051 + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset);
6052 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
6053 R_386_32);
6054 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
6055 htab->srelplt2->contents);
6056 /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
6057 + 8. */
6058 rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6059 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6060 + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got2_offset);
6061 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
6062 R_386_32);
6063 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
6064 htab->srelplt2->contents +
6065 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
6066 /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations. */
6067 p = htab->srelplt2->contents;
6068 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6069 p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
6070 else
6071 p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
6072
6073 for (; num_plts; num_plts--)
6074 {
6075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
6076 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
6077 R_386_32);
6078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
6079 p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
6080
6081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
6082 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
6083 R_386_32);
6084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
6085 p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
6086 }
6087 }
6088 }
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 if (htab->plt_got != NULL && htab->plt_got->size > 0)
6093 elf_section_data (htab->plt_got->output_section)
6094 ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
6095
6096 if (htab->plt_second != NULL && htab->plt_second->size > 0)
6097 elf_section_data (htab->plt_second->output_section)
6098 ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
6099 }
6100
6101 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
6102 if (htab->elf.sgotplt && htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
6103 {
6104 if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section))
6105 {
6106 _bfd_error_handler
6107 (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt);
6108 return FALSE;
6109 }
6110
6111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6112 (sdyn == NULL ? 0
6113 : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset),
6114 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
6115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4);
6116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8);
6117
6118 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section. */
6122 if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
6123 && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6124 {
6125 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
6126 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
6127 && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6128 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL
6129 && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6130 {
6131 bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma;
6132 bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6133 + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset
6134 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET;
6135 bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6136 htab->plt_eh_frame->contents
6137 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6138 }
6139 if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type
6140 == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6141 {
6142 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6143 htab->plt_eh_frame,
6144 htab->plt_eh_frame->contents))
6145 return FALSE;
6146 }
6147 }
6148
6149 /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt.got section. */
6150 if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
6151 && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6152 {
6153 if (htab->plt_got != NULL
6154 && htab->plt_got->size != 0
6155 && (htab->plt_got->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6156 && htab->plt_got->output_section != NULL
6157 && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6158 {
6159 bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_got->output_section->vma;
6160 bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6161 + htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_offset
6162 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET;
6163 bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6164 htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents
6165 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6166 }
6167 if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6168 {
6169 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6170 htab->plt_got_eh_frame,
6171 htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents))
6172 return FALSE;
6173 }
6174 }
6175
6176 /* Adjust .eh_frame for the second PLT section. */
6177 if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL
6178 && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6179 {
6180 if (htab->plt_second != NULL
6181 && htab->plt_second->size != 0
6182 && (htab->plt_second->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6183 && htab->plt_second->output_section != NULL
6184 && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6185 {
6186 bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_second->output_section->vma;
6187 bfd_vma eh_frame_start
6188 = (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6189 + htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_offset
6190 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6191 bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6192 htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents
6193 + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6194 }
6195 if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->sec_info_type
6196 == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6197 {
6198 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6199 htab->plt_second_eh_frame,
6200 htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents))
6201 return FALSE;
6202 }
6203 }
6204
6205 if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
6206 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6207
6208 /* Fill PLT entries for undefined weak symbols in PIE. */
6209 if (bfd_link_pie (info))
6210 bfd_hash_traverse (&info->hash->table,
6211 elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol,
6212 info);
6213
6214 return TRUE;
6215 }
6216
6217 /* Fill PLT/GOT entries and allocate dynamic relocations for local
6218 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols, which aren't in the ELF linker hash table.
6219 It has to be done before elf_link_sort_relocs is called so that
6220 dynamic relocations are properly sorted. */
6221
6222 static bfd_boolean
6223 elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms
6224 (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6225 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6226 void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6227 int (*func) (void *, const char *,
6228 Elf_Internal_Sym *,
6229 asection *,
6230 struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6231 {
6232 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
6233 if (htab == NULL)
6234 return FALSE;
6235
6236 /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
6237 htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
6238 elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
6239 info);
6240
6241 return TRUE;
6242 }
6243
6244 /* Sort relocs into address order. */
6245
6246 static int
6247 compare_relocs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
6248 {
6249 const arelent *a = * (const arelent **) ap;
6250 const arelent *b = * (const arelent **) bp;
6251
6252 if (a->address > b->address)
6253 return 1;
6254 else if (a->address < b->address)
6255 return -1;
6256 else
6257 return 0;
6258 }
6259
6260 enum elf_i386_plt_type
6261 {
6262 plt_non_lazy = 0,
6263 plt_lazy = 1 << 0,
6264 plt_pic = 1 << 1,
6265 plt_second = 1 << 2,
6266 plt_unknown = -1
6267 };
6268
6269 struct elf_i386_plt
6270 {
6271 const char *name;
6272 asection *sec;
6273 bfd_byte *contents;
6274 enum elf_i386_plt_type type;
6275 unsigned int plt_got_offset;
6276 unsigned int plt_entry_size;
6277 long count;
6278 };
6279
6280 /* Forward declaration. */
6281 static const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt;
6282
6283 /* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. Support PLTs with all
6284 dynamic relocations. */
6285
6286 static long
6287 elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6288 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6289 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6290 long dynsymcount,
6291 asymbol **dynsyms,
6292 asymbol **ret)
6293 {
6294 long size, count, i, n, len;
6295 int j;
6296 unsigned int plt_got_offset, plt_entry_size;
6297 asymbol *s;
6298 bfd_byte *plt_contents;
6299 long dynrelcount, relsize;
6300 arelent **dynrelbuf, *p;
6301 const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout *lazy_plt;
6302 const struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout *non_lazy_plt;
6303 const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout *lazy_ibt_plt;
6304 const struct elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_layout *non_lazy_ibt_plt;
6305 asection *plt;
6306 bfd_vma got_addr;
6307 char *names;
6308 enum elf_i386_plt_type plt_type;
6309 struct elf_i386_plt plts[] =
6310 {
6311 { ".plt", NULL, NULL, plt_unknown, 0, 0, 0 },
6312 { ".plt.got", NULL, NULL, plt_non_lazy, 0, 0, 0 },
6313 { ".plt.sec", NULL, NULL, plt_second, 0, 0, 0 },
6314 { NULL, NULL, NULL, plt_non_lazy, 0, 0, 0 }
6315 };
6316
6317 *ret = NULL;
6318
6319 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
6320 return 0;
6321
6322 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
6323 return 0;
6324
6325 relsize = bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd);
6326 if (relsize <= 0)
6327 return -1;
6328
6329 non_lazy_plt = NULL;
6330 /* Silence GCC 6. */
6331 lazy_plt = NULL;
6332 non_lazy_ibt_plt = NULL;
6333 lazy_ibt_plt = NULL;
6334 switch (get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd)->os)
6335 {
6336 case is_normal:
6337 non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_plt;
6338 lazy_ibt_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt;
6339 non_lazy_ibt_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt;
6340 /* Fall through */
6341 case is_vxworks:
6342 lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt;
6343 break;
6344 case is_nacl:
6345 lazy_plt = &elf_i386_nacl_plt;
6346 break;
6347 }
6348
6349 got_addr = 0;
6350
6351 count = 0;
6352 for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++)
6353 {
6354 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, plts[j].name);
6355 if (plt == NULL || plt->size == 0)
6356 continue;
6357
6358 /* Get the PLT section contents. */
6359 plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size);
6360 if (plt_contents == NULL)
6361 break;
6362 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt,
6363 plt_contents, 0, plt->size))
6364 {
6365 free (plt_contents);
6366 break;
6367 }
6368
6369 /* Check what kind of PLT it is. */
6370 plt_type = plt_unknown;
6371 if (plts[j].type == plt_unknown
6372 && (plt->size >= (lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size
6373 + lazy_plt->plt_entry_size)))
6374 {
6375 /* Match lazy PLT first. */
6376 if (memcmp (plt_contents, lazy_plt->plt0_entry,
6377 lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset) == 0)
6378 {
6379 /* The fist entry in the lazy IBT PLT is the same as the
6380 normal lazy PLT. */
6381 if (lazy_ibt_plt != NULL
6382 && (memcmp (plt_contents + lazy_ibt_plt->plt0_entry_size,
6383 lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry,
6384 lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0))
6385 plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_second;
6386 else
6387 plt_type = plt_lazy;
6388 }
6389 else if (memcmp (plt_contents, lazy_plt->pic_plt0_entry,
6390 lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset) == 0)
6391 {
6392 /* The fist entry in the PIC lazy IBT PLT is the same as
6393 the normal PIC lazy PLT. */
6394 if (lazy_ibt_plt != NULL
6395 && (memcmp (plt_contents + lazy_ibt_plt->plt0_entry_size,
6396 lazy_ibt_plt->pic_plt_entry,
6397 lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0))
6398 plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_pic | plt_second;
6399 else
6400 plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_pic;
6401 }
6402 }
6403
6404 if (non_lazy_plt != NULL
6405 && (plt_type == plt_unknown || plt_type == plt_non_lazy)
6406 && plt->size >= non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size)
6407 {
6408 /* Match non-lazy PLT. */
6409 if (memcmp (plt_contents, non_lazy_plt->plt_entry,
6410 non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)
6411 plt_type = plt_non_lazy;
6412 else if (memcmp (plt_contents, non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry,
6413 non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)
6414 plt_type = plt_pic;
6415 }
6416
6417 if ((non_lazy_ibt_plt != NULL)
6418 && (plt_type == plt_unknown || plt_type == plt_second)
6419 && plt->size >= non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry_size)
6420 {
6421 if (memcmp (plt_contents,
6422 non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry,
6423 non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)
6424 {
6425 /* Match IBT PLT. */
6426 plt_type = plt_second;
6427 non_lazy_plt = non_lazy_ibt_plt;
6428 }
6429 else if (memcmp (plt_contents,
6430 non_lazy_ibt_plt->pic_plt_entry,
6431 non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)
6432 {
6433 /* Match PIC IBT PLT. */
6434 plt_type = plt_second | plt_pic;
6435 non_lazy_plt = non_lazy_ibt_plt;
6436 }
6437 }
6438
6439 if (plt_type == plt_unknown)
6440 {
6441 free (plt_contents);
6442 continue;
6443 }
6444
6445 plts[j].sec = plt;
6446 plts[j].type = plt_type;
6447
6448 if ((plt_type & plt_lazy))
6449 {
6450 plts[j].plt_got_offset = lazy_plt->plt_got_offset;
6451 plts[j].plt_entry_size = lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
6452 /* Skip PLT0 in lazy PLT. */
6453 i = 1;
6454 }
6455 else
6456 {
6457 plts[j].plt_got_offset = non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset;
6458 plts[j].plt_entry_size = non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
6459 i = 0;
6460 }
6461
6462 /* Skip lazy PLT when the second PLT is used. */
6463 if ((plt_type & (plt_lazy | plt_second))
6464 == (plt_lazy | plt_second))
6465 plts[j].count = 0;
6466 else
6467 {
6468 n = plt->size / plts[j].plt_entry_size;
6469 plts[j].count = n;
6470 count += n - i;
6471 }
6472
6473 plts[j].contents = plt_contents;
6474
6475 /* The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ address is needed. */
6476 if ((plt_type & plt_pic))
6477 got_addr = (bfd_vma) -1;
6478 }
6479
6480 if (count == 0)
6481 return -1;
6482
6483 dynrelbuf = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (relsize);
6484 if (dynrelbuf == NULL)
6485 return -1;
6486
6487 dynrelcount = bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, dynrelbuf,
6488 dynsyms);
6489
6490 /* Sort the relocs by address. */
6491 qsort (dynrelbuf, dynrelcount, sizeof (arelent *), compare_relocs);
6492
6493 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
6494
6495 /* Allocate space for @plt suffixes. */
6496 n = 0;
6497 for (i = 0; i < dynrelcount; i++)
6498 {
6499 p = dynrelbuf[i];
6500 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
6501 if (p->addend != 0)
6502 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
6503 }
6504
6505 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
6506 if (s == NULL)
6507 {
6508 bad_return:
6509 for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++)
6510 if (plts[j].contents != NULL)
6511 free (plts[j].contents);
6512 free (dynrelbuf);
6513 return -1;
6514 }
6515
6516 if (got_addr)
6517 {
6518 /* Check .got.plt and then .got to get the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
6519 address. */
6520 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got.plt");
6521 if (sec != NULL)
6522 got_addr = sec->vma;
6523 else
6524 {
6525 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
6526 if (sec != NULL)
6527 got_addr = sec->vma;
6528 }
6529
6530 if (got_addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
6531 goto bad_return;
6532 }
6533
6534 /* Check for each PLT section. */
6535 names = (char *) (s + count);
6536 size = 0;
6537 n = 0;
6538 for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++)
6539 if ((plt_contents = plts[j].contents) != NULL)
6540 {
6541 long k;
6542 bfd_vma offset;
6543
6544 plt_got_offset = plts[j].plt_got_offset;
6545 plt_entry_size = plts[j].plt_entry_size;
6546
6547 plt = plts[j].sec;
6548
6549 if ((plts[j].type & plt_lazy))
6550 {
6551 /* Skip PLT0 in lazy PLT. */
6552 k = 1;
6553 offset = plt_entry_size;
6554 }
6555 else
6556 {
6557 k = 0;
6558 offset = 0;
6559 }
6560
6561 /* Check each PLT entry against dynamic relocations. */
6562 for (; k < plts[j].count; k++)
6563 {
6564 int off;
6565 bfd_vma got_vma;
6566 long min, max, mid;
6567
6568 /* Get the GOT offset, a signed 32-bit integer. */
6569 off = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + offset
6570 + plt_got_offset));
6571 got_vma = got_addr + off;
6572
6573 /* Binary search. */
6574 p = dynrelbuf[0];
6575 min = 0;
6576 max = dynrelcount;
6577 while ((min + 1) < max)
6578 {
6579 arelent *r;
6580
6581 mid = (min + max) / 2;
6582 r = dynrelbuf[mid];
6583 if (got_vma > r->address)
6584 min = mid;
6585 else if (got_vma < r->address)
6586 max = mid;
6587 else
6588 {
6589 p = r;
6590 break;
6591 }
6592 }
6593
6594 /* Skip unknown relocation. PR 17512: file: bc9d6cf5. */
6595 if (got_vma == p->address
6596 && p->howto != NULL
6597 && (p->howto->type == R_386_JUMP_SLOT
6598 || p->howto->type == R_386_GLOB_DAT
6599 || p->howto->type == R_386_IRELATIVE))
6600 {
6601 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
6602 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL
6603 set. Since we are defining a symbol, ensure one
6604 of them is set. */
6605 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
6606 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6607 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
6608 /* This is no longer a section symbol. */
6609 s->flags &= ~BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6610 s->section = plt;
6611 s->the_bfd = plt->owner;
6612 s->value = offset;
6613 s->udata.p = NULL;
6614 s->name = names;
6615 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
6616 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
6617 names += len;
6618 if (p->addend != 0)
6619 {
6620 char buf[30], *a;
6621
6622 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
6623 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
6624 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
6625 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
6626 ;
6627 size = strlen (a);
6628 memcpy (names, a, size);
6629 names += size;
6630 }
6631 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
6632 names += sizeof ("@plt");
6633 n++;
6634 s++;
6635 }
6636 offset += plt_entry_size;
6637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 /* PLT entries with R_386_TLS_DESC relocations are skipped. */
6641 if (n == 0)
6642 goto bad_return;
6643
6644 count = n;
6645
6646 for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++)
6647 if (plts[j].contents != NULL)
6648 free (plts[j].contents);
6649
6650 free (dynrelbuf);
6651
6652 return count;
6653 }
6654
6655 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6656
6657 static bfd_boolean
6658 elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6659 {
6660 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6661 && !h->def_regular
6662 && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
6663 return FALSE;
6664
6665 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6666 }
6667
6668 /* Parse i386 GNU properties. */
6669
6670 static enum elf_property_kind
6671 elf_i386_parse_gnu_properties (bfd *abfd, unsigned int type,
6672 bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned int datasz)
6673 {
6674 elf_property *prop;
6675
6676 switch (type)
6677 {
6678 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED:
6679 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED:
6680 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND:
6681 if (datasz != 4)
6682 {
6683 _bfd_error_handler
6684 ((type == GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED
6685 ? _("error: %B: <corrupt x86 ISA used size: 0x%x>")
6686 : (type == GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED
6687 ? _("error: %B: <corrupt x86 ISA needed size: 0x%x>")
6688 : _("error: %B: <corrupt x86 feature size: 0x%x>"))),
6689 abfd, datasz);
6690 return property_corrupt;
6691 }
6692 prop = _bfd_elf_get_property (abfd, type, datasz);
6693 /* Combine properties of the same type. */
6694 prop->u.number |= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, ptr);
6695 prop->pr_kind = property_number;
6696 break;
6697
6698 default:
6699 return property_ignored;
6700 }
6701
6702 return property_number;
6703 }
6704
6705 /* Merge i386 GNU property BPROP with APROP. If APROP isn't NULL,
6706 return TRUE if APROP is updated. Otherwise, return TRUE if BPROP
6707 should be merged with ABFD. */
6708
6709 static bfd_boolean
6710 elf_i386_merge_gnu_properties (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6711 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6712 elf_property *aprop,
6713 elf_property *bprop)
6714 {
6715 unsigned int number, features;
6716 bfd_boolean updated = FALSE;
6717 unsigned int pr_type = aprop != NULL ? aprop->pr_type : bprop->pr_type;
6718
6719 switch (pr_type)
6720 {
6721 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED:
6722 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED:
6723 if (aprop != NULL && bprop != NULL)
6724 {
6725 number = aprop->u.number;
6726 aprop->u.number = number | bprop->u.number;
6727 updated = number != (unsigned int) aprop->u.number;
6728 }
6729 else
6730 {
6731 /* Return TRUE if APROP is NULL to indicate that BPROP should
6732 be added to ABFD. */
6733 updated = aprop == NULL;
6734 }
6735 break;
6736
6737 case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND:
6738 /* Only one of APROP and BPROP can be NULL:
6739 1. APROP & BPROP when both APROP and BPROP aren't NULL.
6740 2. If APROP is NULL, remove x86 feature.
6741 3. Otherwise, do nothing.
6742 */
6743 if (aprop != NULL && bprop != NULL)
6744 {
6745 features = 0;
6746 if (info->ibt)
6747 features = GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT;
6748 if (info->shstk)
6749 features |= GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK;
6750 number = aprop->u.number;
6751 /* Add GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT and
6752 GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK. */
6753 aprop->u.number = (number & bprop->u.number) | features;
6754 updated = number != (unsigned int) aprop->u.number;
6755 /* Remove the property if all feature bits are cleared. */
6756 if (aprop->u.number == 0)
6757 aprop->pr_kind = property_remove;
6758 }
6759 else
6760 {
6761 features = 0;
6762 if (info->ibt)
6763 features = GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT;
6764 if (info->shstk)
6765 features |= GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK;
6766 if (features)
6767 {
6768 /* Add GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT and
6769 GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK. */
6770 if (aprop != NULL)
6771 {
6772 number = aprop->u.number;
6773 aprop->u.number = number | features;
6774 updated = number != (unsigned int) aprop->u.number;
6775 }
6776 else
6777 {
6778 bprop->u.number |= features;
6779 updated = TRUE;
6780 }
6781 }
6782 else if (aprop != NULL)
6783 {
6784 aprop->pr_kind = property_remove;
6785 updated = TRUE;
6786 }
6787 }
6788 break;
6789
6790 default:
6791 /* Never should happen. */
6792 abort ();
6793 }
6794
6795 return updated;
6796 }
6797
6798 /* Set up i386 GNU properties. Return the first relocatable ELF input
6799 with GNU properties if found. Otherwise, return NULL. */
6800
6801 static bfd *
6802 elf_i386_link_setup_gnu_properties (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6803 {
6804 bfd_boolean normal_target;
6805 bfd_boolean lazy_plt;
6806 asection *sec, *pltsec;
6807 bfd *dynobj;
6808 bfd_boolean use_ibt_plt;
6809 unsigned int plt_alignment, features;
6810 struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
6811 bfd *pbfd;
6812 bfd *ebfd = NULL;
6813 elf_property *prop;
6814
6815 features = 0;
6816 if (info->ibt)
6817 features = GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT;
6818 if (info->shstk)
6819 features |= GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK;
6820
6821 /* Find a normal input file with GNU property note. */
6822 for (pbfd = info->input_bfds;
6823 pbfd != NULL;
6824 pbfd = pbfd->link.next)
6825 if (bfd_get_flavour (pbfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6826 && bfd_count_sections (pbfd) != 0)
6827 {
6828 ebfd = pbfd;
6829
6830 if (elf_properties (pbfd) != NULL)
6831 break;
6832 }
6833
6834 if (ebfd != NULL && features)
6835 {
6836 /* If features is set, add GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT and
6837 GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK. */
6838 prop = _bfd_elf_get_property (ebfd,
6839 GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND,
6840 4);
6841 prop->u.number |= features;
6842 prop->pr_kind = property_number;
6843
6844 /* Create the GNU property note section if needed. */
6845 if (pbfd == NULL)
6846 {
6847 sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (ebfd,
6848 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME,
6849 (SEC_ALLOC
6850 | SEC_LOAD
6851 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
6852 | SEC_READONLY
6853 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6854 | SEC_DATA));
6855 if (sec == NULL)
6856 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GNU property section\n"));
6857
6858 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (ebfd, sec, 2))
6859 {
6860 error_alignment:
6861 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%A: failed to align section\n"),
6862 sec);
6863 }
6864
6865 elf_section_type (sec) = SHT_NOTE;
6866 }
6867 }
6868
6869 pbfd = _bfd_elf_link_setup_gnu_properties (info);
6870
6871 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
6872 return pbfd;
6873
6874 htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
6875 if (htab == NULL)
6876 return pbfd;
6877
6878 use_ibt_plt = info->ibtplt || info->ibt;
6879 if (!use_ibt_plt && pbfd != NULL)
6880 {
6881 /* Check if GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT is on. */
6882 elf_property_list *p;
6883
6884 /* The property list is sorted in order of type. */
6885 for (p = elf_properties (pbfd); p; p = p->next)
6886 {
6887 if (GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND == p->property.pr_type)
6888 {
6889 use_ibt_plt = !!(p->property.u.number
6890 & GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT);
6891 break;
6892 }
6893 else if (GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND < p->property.pr_type)
6894 break;
6895 }
6896 }
6897
6898 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
6899
6900 /* Set htab->elf.dynobj here so that there is no need to check and
6901 set it in check_relocs. */
6902 if (dynobj == NULL)
6903 {
6904 if (pbfd != NULL)
6905 {
6906 htab->elf.dynobj = pbfd;
6907 dynobj = pbfd;
6908 }
6909 else
6910 {
6911 bfd *abfd;
6912
6913 /* Find a normal input file to hold linker created
6914 sections. */
6915 for (abfd = info->input_bfds;
6916 abfd != NULL;
6917 abfd = abfd->link.next)
6918 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6919 && (abfd->flags
6920 & (DYNAMIC | BFD_LINKER_CREATED | BFD_PLUGIN)) == 0)
6921 {
6922 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
6923 dynobj = abfd;
6924 break;
6925 }
6926 }
6927 }
6928
6929 /* Even when lazy binding is disabled by "-z now", the PLT0 entry may
6930 still be used with LD_AUDIT or LD_PROFILE if PLT entry is used for
6931 canonical function address. */
6932 htab->plt.has_plt0 = 1;
6933 normal_target = FALSE;
6934
6935 switch (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->os)
6936 {
6937 case is_normal:
6938 if (use_ibt_plt)
6939 {
6940 htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt;
6941 htab->non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt;
6942 }
6943 else
6944 {
6945 htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt;
6946 htab->non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_plt;
6947 }
6948 normal_target = TRUE;
6949 break;
6950 case is_vxworks:
6951 htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt;
6952 htab->non_lazy_plt = NULL;
6953 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info,
6954 &htab->srelplt2))
6955 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create VxWorks dynamic sections\n"));
6956 break;
6957 case is_nacl:
6958 htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_nacl_plt;
6959 htab->non_lazy_plt = NULL;
6960 break;
6961 }
6962
6963 pltsec = htab->elf.splt;
6964
6965 /* If the non-lazy PLT is available, use it for all PLT entries if
6966 there are no PLT0 or no .plt section. */
6967 if (htab->non_lazy_plt != NULL
6968 && (!htab->plt.has_plt0 || pltsec == NULL))
6969 {
6970 lazy_plt = FALSE;
6971 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6972 htab->plt.plt_entry
6973 = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry;
6974 else
6975 htab->plt.plt_entry
6976 = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry;
6977 htab->plt.plt_entry_size
6978 = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
6979 htab->plt.plt_got_offset
6980 = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset;
6981 htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size
6982 = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size;
6983 htab->plt.eh_frame_plt
6984 = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt;
6985 }
6986 else
6987 {
6988 lazy_plt = TRUE;
6989 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6990 {
6991 htab->plt.plt0_entry
6992 = htab->lazy_plt->pic_plt0_entry;
6993 htab->plt.plt_entry
6994 = htab->lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry;
6995 }
6996 else
6997 {
6998 htab->plt.plt0_entry
6999 = htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry;
7000 htab->plt.plt_entry
7001 = htab->lazy_plt->plt_entry;
7002 }
7003 htab->plt.plt_entry_size
7004 = htab->lazy_plt->plt_entry_size;
7005 htab->plt.plt_got_offset
7006 = htab->lazy_plt->plt_got_offset;
7007 htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size
7008 = htab->lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size;
7009 htab->plt.eh_frame_plt
7010 = htab->lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt;
7011 }
7012
7013 /* Return if there are no normal input files. */
7014 if (dynobj == NULL)
7015 return pbfd;
7016
7017 /* Since create_dynamic_sections isn't always called, but GOT
7018 relocations need GOT sections, create them here so that we
7019 don't need to do it in check_relocs. */
7020 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
7021 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7022 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT sections\n"));
7023
7024 /* Create the ifunc sections here so that check_relocs can be
7025 simplified. */
7026 if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (dynobj, info))
7027 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create ifunc sections\n"));
7028
7029 plt_alignment = bfd_log2 (htab->plt.plt_entry_size);
7030
7031 if (pltsec != NULL)
7032 {
7033 /* Whe creating executable, set the contents of the .interp
7034 section to the interpreter. */
7035 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
7036 {
7037 asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
7038 if (s == NULL)
7039 abort ();
7040 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
7041 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
7042 htab->interp = s;
7043 }
7044
7045 /* Don't change PLT section alignment for NaCl since it uses
7046 64-byte PLT entry and sets PLT section alignment to 32
7047 bytes. */
7048 if (normal_target)
7049 {
7050 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
7051 = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
7052 flagword pltflags = (bed->dynamic_sec_flags
7053 | SEC_ALLOC
7054 | SEC_CODE
7055 | SEC_LOAD
7056 | SEC_READONLY);
7057 unsigned int non_lazy_plt_alignment
7058 = bfd_log2 (htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size);
7059
7060 sec = pltsec;
7061 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec,
7062 plt_alignment))
7063 goto error_alignment;
7064
7065 /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table. */
7066 sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
7067 ".plt.got",
7068 pltflags);
7069 if (sec == NULL)
7070 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT PLT section\n"));
7071
7072 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec,
7073 non_lazy_plt_alignment))
7074 goto error_alignment;
7075
7076 htab->plt_got = sec;
7077
7078 if (lazy_plt)
7079 {
7080 sec = NULL;
7081
7082 if (use_ibt_plt)
7083 {
7084 /* Create the second PLT for Intel IBT support. IBT
7085 PLT is supported only for non-NaCl target and is
7086 is needed only for lazy binding. */
7087 sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
7088 ".plt.sec",
7089 pltflags);
7090 if (sec == NULL)
7091 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create IBT-enabled PLT section\n"));
7092
7093 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec,
7094 plt_alignment))
7095 goto error_alignment;
7096 }
7097
7098 htab->plt_second = sec;
7099 }
7100 }
7101
7102 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
7103 {
7104 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
7105 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7106 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
7107
7108 sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
7109 ".eh_frame",
7110 flags);
7111 if (sec == NULL)
7112 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create PLT .eh_frame section\n"));
7113
7114 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, 2))
7115 goto error_alignment;
7116
7117 htab->plt_eh_frame = sec;
7118
7119 if (htab->plt_got != NULL)
7120 {
7121 sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
7122 ".eh_frame",
7123 flags);
7124 if (sec == NULL)
7125 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT PLT .eh_frame section\n"));
7126
7127 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, 2))
7128 goto error_alignment;
7129
7130 htab->plt_got_eh_frame = sec;
7131 }
7132 }
7133 }
7134
7135 if (normal_target)
7136 {
7137 /* The .iplt section is used for IFUNC symbols in static
7138 executables. */
7139 sec = htab->elf.iplt;
7140 if (sec != NULL
7141 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec,
7142 plt_alignment))
7143 goto error_alignment;
7144 }
7145
7146 return pbfd;
7147 }
7148
7149 static bfd_boolean
7150 elf_i386_link_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7151 {
7152 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7153 {
7154 /* Check for ___tls_get_addr reference. */
7155 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7156 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "___tls_get_addr",
7157 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
7158 if (h != NULL)
7159 ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_get_addr = 1;
7160 }
7161
7162 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
7163 return _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd, info);
7164 }
7165
7166 static void
7167 elf_i386_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7168 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
7169 bfd_boolean definition,
7170 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7171 {
7172 if (definition)
7173 {
7174 struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh
7175 = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
7176 eh->def_protected = (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym->st_other)
7177 == STV_PROTECTED);
7178 }
7179 }
7180
7181 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vec
7182 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386"
7183 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
7184 #define ELF_TARGET_ID I386_ELF_DATA
7185 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386
7186 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7187
7188 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7189 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7190 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7191 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7192 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7193 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7194 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4
7195 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
7196 #define elf_backend_extern_protected_data 1
7197 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
7198 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
7199
7200 /* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects. */
7201 #define elf_info_to_howto elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
7202 #define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
7203
7204 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_i386_mkobject
7205
7206 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_i386_is_local_label_name
7207 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
7208 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
7209 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup
7210 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab
7211 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_check_relocs elf_i386_link_check_relocs
7212
7213 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7214 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
7215 #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs
7216 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol
7217 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7218 #define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_i386_fake_sections
7219 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
7220 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
7221 #define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms
7222 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_i386_gc_mark_hook
7223 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_i386_grok_prstatus
7224 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_i386_grok_psinfo
7225 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_i386_reloc_type_class
7226 #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_i386_relocate_section
7227 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
7228 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_i386_always_size_sections
7229 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
7230 ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
7231 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_i386_hash_symbol
7232 #define elf_backend_fixup_symbol elf_i386_fixup_symbol
7233 #define elf_backend_parse_gnu_properties elf_i386_parse_gnu_properties
7234 #define elf_backend_merge_gnu_properties elf_i386_merge_gnu_properties
7235 #define elf_backend_setup_gnu_properties elf_i386_link_setup_gnu_properties
7236 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute elf_i386_merge_symbol_attribute
7237
7238 #include "elf32-target.h"
7239
7240 /* FreeBSD support. */
7241
7242 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7243 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_fbsd_vec
7244 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7245 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-freebsd"
7246 #undef ELF_OSABI
7247 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
7248
7249 /* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a
7250 "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header. So we put this label on all
7251 executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files. */
7252
7253 static void
7254 elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7255 {
7256 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, info);
7257
7258 #ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL
7259 {
7260 /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard. */
7261 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
7262 memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8);
7263 }
7264 #endif
7265 }
7266
7267 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
7268 #define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers
7269 #undef elf32_bed
7270 #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_fbsd_bed
7271
7272 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7273
7274 #include "elf32-target.h"
7275
7276 /* Solaris 2. */
7277
7278 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7279 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_sol2_vec
7280 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7281 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-sol2"
7282
7283 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
7284
7285 /* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE
7286 objects won't be recognized. */
7287 #undef ELF_OSABI
7288
7289 #undef elf32_bed
7290 #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_sol2_bed
7291
7292 /* The 32-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 8-byte
7293 boundary. */
7294 #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7295 #define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment 8
7296
7297 /* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms.
7298
7299 Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output
7300 File, p.63. */
7301 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7302 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7303
7304 #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags
7305 #define elf_backend_strtab_flags SHF_STRINGS
7306
7307 /* Called to set the sh_flags, sh_link and sh_info fields of OSECTION which
7308 has a type >= SHT_LOOS. Returns TRUE if these fields were initialised
7309 FALSE otherwise. ISECTION is the best guess matching section from the
7310 input bfd IBFD, but it might be NULL. */
7311
7312 static bfd_boolean
7313 elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7314 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7315 const Elf_Internal_Shdr *isection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *osection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7317 {
7318 /* PR 19938: FIXME: Need to add code for setting the sh_info
7319 and sh_link fields of Solaris specific section types. */
7320 return FALSE;
7321
7322 /* Based upon Oracle Solaris 11.3 Linkers and Libraries Guide, Ch. 13,
7323 Object File Format, Table 13-9 ELF sh_link and sh_info Interpretation:
7324
7325 http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E53394_01/html/E54813/chapter6-94076.html#scrolltoc
7326
7327 The following values should be set:
7328
7329 Type Link Info
7330 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7331 SHT_SUNW_ancillary The section header index of 0
7332 [0x6fffffee] the associated string table.
7333
7334 SHT_SUNW_capinfo The section header index of For a dynamic object, the
7335 [0x6ffffff0] the associated symbol table. section header index of
7336 the associated
7337 SHT_SUNW_capchain table,
7338 otherwise 0.
7339
7340 SHT_SUNW_symsort The section header index of 0
7341 [0x6ffffff1] the associated symbol table.
7342
7343 SHT_SUNW_tlssort The section header index of 0
7344 [0x6ffffff2] the associated symbol table.
7345
7346 SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM The section header index of One greater than the
7347 [0x6ffffff3] the associated string table. symbol table index of the
7348 This index is the same string last local symbol,
7349 table used by the SHT_DYNSYM STB_LOCAL. Since
7350 section. SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM only
7351 contains local symbols,
7352 sh_info is equivalent to
7353 the number of symbols in
7354 the table.
7355
7356 SHT_SUNW_cap If symbol capabilities exist, If any capabilities refer
7357 [0x6ffffff5] the section header index of to named strings, the
7358 the associated section header index of
7359 SHT_SUNW_capinfo table, the associated string
7360 otherwise 0. table, otherwise 0.
7361
7362 SHT_SUNW_move The section header index of 0
7363 [0x6ffffffa] the associated symbol table.
7364
7365 SHT_SUNW_COMDAT 0 0
7366 [0x6ffffffb]
7367
7368 SHT_SUNW_syminfo The section header index of The section header index
7369 [0x6ffffffc] the associated symbol table. of the associated
7370 .dynamic section.
7371
7372 SHT_SUNW_verdef The section header index of The number of version
7373 [0x6ffffffd] the associated string table. definitions within the
7374 section.
7375
7376 SHT_SUNW_verneed The section header index of The number of version
7377 [0x6ffffffe] the associated string table. dependencies within the
7378 section.
7379
7380 SHT_SUNW_versym The section header index of 0
7381 [0x6fffffff] the associated symbol table. */
7382 }
7383
7384 #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
7385 #define elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields
7386
7387 #include "elf32-target.h"
7388
7389 /* Intel MCU support. */
7390
7391 static bfd_boolean
7392 elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7393 {
7394 /* Set the right machine number for an IAMCU elf32 file. */
7395 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_iamcu, bfd_mach_i386_iamcu);
7396 return TRUE;
7397 }
7398
7399 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7400 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM iamcu_elf32_vec
7401 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7402 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-iamcu"
7403 #undef ELF_ARCH
7404 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_iamcu
7405
7406 #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE
7407 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IAMCU
7408
7409 #undef ELF_OSABI
7410
7411 #undef elf32_bed
7412 #define elf32_bed elf32_iamcu_bed
7413
7414 #undef elf_backend_object_p
7415 #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p
7416
7417 #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7418
7419 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7420 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7421
7422 #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags
7423 #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
7424
7425 #include "elf32-target.h"
7426
7427 /* Restore defaults. */
7428 #undef ELF_ARCH
7429 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
7430 #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE
7431 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386
7432
7433 /* Native Client support. */
7434
7435 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7436 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_nacl_vec
7437 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7438 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-nacl"
7439 #undef elf32_bed
7440 #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_nacl_bed
7441
7442 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7443 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7444
7445 /* Restore defaults. */
7446 #undef ELF_OSABI
7447 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7448 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7449 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
7450 #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7451
7452 /* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects. */
7453
7454 #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment
7455 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5
7456 #define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
7457 #define NACLMASK 0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask. */
7458
7459 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry[] =
7460 {
7461 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */
7462 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */
7463 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */
7464 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */
7465 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */
7466 0xff, 0xe1 /* jmp *%ecx */
7467 };
7468
7469 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
7470 {
7471 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */
7472 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with GOT slot address. */
7473 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */
7474 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */
7475
7476 /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */
7477 0x90,
7478 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7479 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7480
7481 /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */
7482 0x68, /* pushl immediate */
7483 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with reloc offset. */
7484 0xe9, /* jmp relative */
7485 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to .plt. */
7486
7487 /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */
7488 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7489 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7490 0x90, 0x90
7491 };
7492
7493 static const bfd_byte
7494 elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry[sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry)] =
7495 {
7496 0xff, 0x73, 0x04, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
7497 0x8b, 0x4b, 0x08, /* mov 0x8(%ebx), %ecx */
7498 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* and $NACLMASK, %ecx */
7499 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */
7500
7501 /* This is expected to be the same size as elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry,
7502 so pad to that size with nop instructions. */
7503 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90
7504 };
7505
7506 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
7507 {
7508 0x8b, 0x8b, /* movl offset(%ebx), %ecx */
7509 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
7510 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */
7511 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */
7512
7513 /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */
7514 0x90,
7515 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7516 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7517
7518 /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */
7519 0x68, /* pushl immediate */
7520 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */
7521 0xe9, /* jmp relative */
7522 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */
7523
7524 /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */
7525 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7526 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90,
7527 0x90, 0x90
7528 };
7529
7530 static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] =
7531 {
7532 #if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20 \
7533 || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36 \
7534 || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 \
7535 || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12)
7536 # error "Need elf_i386_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!"
7537 #endif
7538 PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */
7539 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */
7540 1, /* CIE version */
7541 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */
7542 1, /* Code alignment factor */
7543 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor: -4 */
7544 8, /* Return address column */
7545 1, /* Augmentation size */
7546 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
7547 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */
7548 DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */
7549 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
7550
7551 PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */
7552 PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */
7553 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */
7554 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */
7555 0, /* Augmentation size */
7556 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */
7557 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
7558 DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */
7559 DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */
7560 DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
7561 13, /* Block length */
7562 DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */
7563 DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */
7564 DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge,
7565 DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
7566 DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
7567 };
7568
7569 static const struct elf_i386_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt =
7570 {
7571 elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */
7572 sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */
7573 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */
7574 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */
7575 elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */
7576 NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */
7577 2, /* plt_got_offset */
7578 33, /* plt_reloc_offset */
7579 38, /* plt_plt_offset */
7580 32, /* plt_lazy_offset */
7581 elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */
7582 elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */
7583 elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */
7584 sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */
7585 };
7586
7587 static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed =
7588 {
7589 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte: nop insn */
7590 is_nacl /* os */
7591 };
7592
7593 static bfd_boolean
7594 elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7595 {
7596 /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl i386 ELF32 file. */
7597 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_i386_i386_nacl);
7598 return TRUE;
7599 }
7600
7601 #undef elf_backend_arch_data
7602 #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed
7603
7604 #undef elf_backend_object_p
7605 #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p
7606 #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map
7607 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map nacl_modify_segment_map
7608 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7609 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers nacl_modify_program_headers
7610 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7611 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing nacl_final_write_processing
7612
7613 #include "elf32-target.h"
7614
7615 /* Restore defaults. */
7616 #undef elf_backend_object_p
7617 #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map
7618 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7619 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7620
7621 /* VxWorks support. */
7622
7623 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7624 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vxworks_vec
7625 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7626 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-vxworks"
7627 #undef ELF_OSABI
7628 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7629 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7630 #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment
7631 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4
7632
7633 static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed =
7634 {
7635 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte */
7636 is_vxworks /* os */
7637 };
7638
7639 #undef elf_backend_arch_data
7640 #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed
7641
7642 #undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible
7643 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7644 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
7645 elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7646 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7647 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7648 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7649 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7650 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7651 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7652 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7653 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7654 #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7655
7656 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
7657 define it. */
7658 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7659 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7660
7661 #undef elf32_bed
7662 #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_vxworks_bed
7663
7664 #include "elf32-target.h"
This page took 0.348292 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.